5 Year Strategic Plan 2005/06 - Department of Education
5 Year Strategic Plan 2005/06 - Department of Education
5 Year Strategic Plan 2005/06 - Department of Education
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
FOREWORD BY THE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL (MEC)<br />
f o r e w o r d<br />
<strong>Education</strong> is central to the development and transformation <strong>of</strong><br />
the Eastern Cape Province, and is critical in ensuring that the<br />
Province has the human resources that are required to meet<br />
its developmental goals. In this respect, the circumstances<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Province must inform and shape the development and<br />
transformation agenda <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Education</strong>, especially since some <strong>of</strong> these circumstances spill<br />
over into schools and affect their performance and viability.<br />
The statistical pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape in demographic,<br />
economic and educational terms, paints a disquieting picture <strong>of</strong><br />
under-development, and if properly interrogated, tells a sad story<br />
<strong>of</strong> its history <strong>of</strong> inequity and disadvantagement. The government<br />
is set on an agenda to transform these circumstances, and the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> must play its part.<br />
Since I assumed duty as MEC in May 2004, I realized that it was<br />
imperative to ensure that the strategic direction I am providing to<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> during my term <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice addresses the historical<br />
legacy, especially in the Transkei area. I therefore commissioned<br />
Imbewu to draft a document called, A Transformation Agenda for<br />
the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> <strong>2005</strong> – 2014. The<br />
Transformation Agenda sets out a broad framework <strong>of</strong> realigning<br />
the <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> with its mandate for supporting<br />
development and transformation in the Province and this <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> captures how my <strong>Department</strong><br />
intends addressing such development and transformation within the first five years. Furthermore the agenda<br />
is concerned, first <strong>of</strong> all, with the inherent inequities in educational provisioning, and the need to engender<br />
transformation in the availability <strong>of</strong> opportunities for a high quality <strong>of</strong> education for all. These opportunities<br />
will not be realized unless resources are efficiently and strategically managed, and unless the essential<br />
operational systems are in place to ensure enhanced performance <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
The Transformation Agenda constitutes my statement <strong>of</strong> policy intent in terms <strong>of</strong> the strategic goals 1 it<br />
outlines, seeks to foster an in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> the circumstances which have defined the course <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> over the last decade, and the challenges which must be overcome if its transformation agenda<br />
for the next ten years is to be realized. The key transformational issues affecting education are issues <strong>of</strong><br />
access, unemployment, imbalance in employability among youth, the social issues affecting schools and<br />
society, and the role played by language and technology in promoting balance in opportunity and access to<br />
quality education. These are the issues that feed the agenda <strong>of</strong> transformation. This <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> takes these<br />
issues as its baseline and translates the strategic goals into strategic objectives, and assigns responsibility<br />
to the relevant Chief Directorates. This plan is also an expression <strong>of</strong> our commitment to participate in the<br />
other Provincial Growth and Development <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP) priorities such as: Agrarian transformation and food<br />
security, including the comprehensive nutrition programme; Fighting poverty, which includes the Expanded<br />
Public Works Programme, the capital projects <strong>of</strong> the different <strong>Department</strong>s and HIV and Aids; Public sector<br />
transformation focusing on service delivery in the main social service delivery departments; Infrastructure<br />
development; Manufacturing diversification and tourism; and Human Resource Development. The latter seeks<br />
to address the skills shortages in Government, the educational programmes <strong>of</strong> Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
(FET), Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training (ABET), Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (ECD) and a comprehensive<br />
Human Resource Development (HRD)<br />
strategy and learnership programmes.<br />
1 The Agenda refers to them as strategic objectives, but in terms <strong>of</strong> National Treasury prescripts they are actually strategic goals.
The <strong>Department</strong> collaborates with other Provincial Government <strong>Department</strong>s and structures in the three<br />
provincial Clusters, especially the Social Needs Cluster, in pursuing these priorities. We will work with other<br />
members <strong>of</strong> this and other Clusters in pursuing integrated planning, budgeting, service delivery, as well as<br />
pooling <strong>of</strong> resources and capabilities since we believe Government can achieve much more in this way with its<br />
available resources. In addition to this, we shall continue to engage all stakeholders and social partners in the<br />
planning and delivery <strong>of</strong> our programmes. To this end, all stakeholders were invited to the <strong>Education</strong> Summit<br />
convened from 13 to 15 July <strong>2005</strong> to deliberate on the ransformation Agenda. My <strong>Department</strong> and I will also<br />
work closely with the four higher education institutions (HEIs) in the Province to more effectively harness their<br />
expertise and specialized skills to the best advantage <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> and the Province.<br />
I am very pleased that the <strong>Department</strong>, who has the biggest share <strong>of</strong> the Provincial Budget and the<br />
biggest footprint <strong>of</strong> all the Provincial <strong>Department</strong>s with over 6 000 educational facilities and a presence in<br />
most communities, has embarked on an initiative called ‘Local Economic Development and <strong>Education</strong>al<br />
Provisioning’ to make a more significant contribution towards poverty alleviation and employment creation<br />
in the Province by targeting community cooperatives as service providers in procuring goods and services.<br />
I regard these cooperatives as more effective vehicles for broad based black economic empowerment and<br />
moral regeneration as they are rooted in the indigenous culture <strong>of</strong> ilima/letsema. This initiative is also based<br />
on cooperative governance and community-public-private partnership, and it will realize my vision <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
becoming ‘centres <strong>of</strong> community life’. Social issues like poverty significantly impact on our learners; it is for<br />
instance not possible to effectively teach a hungry or malnourished child and for her or him to do well at<br />
school. The Provincial Executive Council (EXCO) adopted our recommendation that this initiative be rolled<br />
out to other provincial departments and institutions and that the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Economic Affairs, Environment<br />
and Tourism be the Lead <strong>Department</strong> in implementing the initiative in the Province. The high level <strong>of</strong> poverty<br />
(63.6% <strong>of</strong> households) and 53.7% unemployment in the Province indicates the extent <strong>of</strong> the prevalence <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Second Economy epitomized by market failure which demands effective government intervention.<br />
Over and above the Provincial priorities, the <strong>Department</strong>’s <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> reflects the priorities set by the<br />
National <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and Government. The plan further outlines our strategy to turn this<br />
<strong>Department</strong> into an organization capable <strong>of</strong> delivering quality services in a manner that is timely, relevant<br />
and responsive to the developmental needs <strong>of</strong> the Province and the country in general. The <strong>Department</strong> is<br />
committed to rolling out its service delivery model articulated in previous plans by establishing adequately<br />
resourced and capacitated District Offices. Key to this end is the implementation <strong>of</strong> a matrix structure to<br />
facilitate programme and project management between provincial Head Office and the District Offices.<br />
However, the Executive Council’s resolution that the districts in the Province need to be properly coordinated,<br />
implies that serious consideration be given to the fact that the current number <strong>of</strong> District Offices in the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> do not coincide with the existing demarcation <strong>of</strong> District and Metropolitan Municipalities to<br />
facilitate coordination and integration <strong>of</strong> planning and service delivery between the <strong>Department</strong> and these<br />
municipalities. This will also entail that attention be given to strengthening the Circuits, mindful <strong>of</strong> the<br />
concomitant financial implications. Furthermore, related to a possible reconfiguration <strong>of</strong> the District Offices is<br />
to establish and/or develop comprehensive primary and secondary schools that <strong>of</strong>fer good quality education in<br />
these centres to attract people with particular scarce skills such as educators and other public servants, who<br />
have to now send their children elsewhere where schools <strong>of</strong> this nature exist inside or outside the Province.<br />
The slight improvement in the <strong>2005</strong> matric results has demonstrated that my <strong>Department</strong> is close to turning<br />
the corner and beginning to make, as the biggest provincial department, its rightful contribution in realizing the<br />
provincial vision: the Eastern Cape, a compelling place to live, work and invest in!<br />
M Matomela, MPL<br />
MEC FOR EDUCATION
FOREWORD BY THE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL (MEC)<br />
PART A: STRATEGIC OVERVIEW<br />
c o n t e n t s<br />
1 OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PLAN 1 1<br />
2 VISION 2 2<br />
3 MISSION 2 2<br />
4 VALUES 2 2<br />
5 SERVICE STANDARDS 2 2<br />
6 SECTORAL SITUATION ANALYSIS 4 4<br />
6.1 Summary <strong>of</strong> Service Delivery Environment and Challenges 4 4<br />
6.2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Organisational Environment and Challenges 5 5<br />
7 LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES 5 5<br />
7.1 General Mandate <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> 5 5<br />
7.2 Constitutional Mandate 6 6<br />
7.3 National Legislative Mandate 6 6<br />
7.4 Provincial Legislative Mandate 7 7<br />
7.5 Good Governance Mandate 7 7<br />
7.6 Electronic <strong>Education</strong> and Communications 8 8<br />
8 BROAD POLICIES, PRIORITIES, STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
8.1 National and Provincial Government Policies and Priorities 9 9<br />
8.1 <strong>Department</strong>al Priority Areas 10 10<br />
8.2 <strong>Department</strong>al <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals 11 11<br />
8.3 <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives 12 12<br />
8.4 Crosscutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives 15 15<br />
8.5 Monitoring and Evaluation 16 16<br />
9 INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO MONITOR PROGRESS 16 16<br />
9.1 Financial Information Systems 16 16<br />
9.2 Operational Information Systems 16 16<br />
9.3 Information Reporting Systems 17 17<br />
10 DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS 18 18<br />
PART B: PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME PLANS<br />
9<br />
9<br />
11. STRATEGIC GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND BUDGET PROGRAMMES 2136<br />
11.1. Introduction 21 36<br />
11.2. <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives with Sub-Programme and Chief Directorate Assignment 23 39<br />
11.3. Focus and Limits <strong>of</strong> Sub-Programmes 27 43<br />
11.4. Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Programmes and Sub-Programmes 30 47<br />
i<br />
iii
PART C: BACKGROUND INFORMATION<br />
12 INTRODUCTION 160 53<br />
13 ANALYSIS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT 160 53<br />
13.1 Policy Changes and Trends 165 53<br />
13.2 Environmental Factors and Emerging Challenges 166 55<br />
13.3 Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape 170 57<br />
13.4 Socio-Economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities 185 68<br />
13.5 Situation Analysis <strong>of</strong> the System as a Whole 193 72<br />
13.6 Demographic Pressures and Access Issues 195 73<br />
13.7 <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> People in the Province 196 74<br />
13.8 Transfers to Institutions 198 75<br />
13.9. Programme 2 - Public Ordinary Schools 199 76<br />
13.10 Programme 3- Independent Schools 220 89<br />
13.11 Programme 4 - LSEN Schools 221 90<br />
13.12 Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 224 92<br />
13.13 Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 225 93<br />
13.14 Programme 7: Early Childhood Development 226 93<br />
14 EVALUATION OF CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION PERFORMANCE 227 94<br />
15<br />
ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION AND THE INSTITUTIONAL<br />
ENVIRONMENT<br />
94<br />
228<br />
15.1. Organizational Design 228 94<br />
15.2 Delegations and Performance Agreements 240 97<br />
15.3 Capital Investment, Maintenance and Asset Management 240 97<br />
15.4 Personnel 247 99<br />
15.5 Information Technology Systems 249100<br />
15.6 Performance Management System 251102<br />
15.7 Financial Management <strong>Plan</strong> 251102<br />
15.8 Audit Queries 255105<br />
ii<br />
iv
List <strong>of</strong> Tables<br />
Table 1: <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Associated Rationale 11<br />
Table 2: Outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives by <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals 12<br />
Table 3: Cross Cutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives 15<br />
Table 4: Responsible Managers, Monitoring Agency and Monitoring Mechanisms 17<br />
Table 5: Programmes and Sub-Programmes Structure for the <strong>Department</strong> 38<br />
Table 6: <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals & Objectives, Programme/Sub-Programme & Chief Directorate<br />
Assignment 32<br />
Table 7: Overview <strong>of</strong> Programmes Listing <strong>of</strong> Respective Programmes and Sub-Programmes 44<br />
Table 8: Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Respective Programmes and Sub-<br />
Programmes 48<br />
Table 9: Total Population by Province, 1996 and 2001 Census 171<br />
Table 10: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population by <strong>Education</strong> Districts as indicated by the 1996 &<br />
2001 Census 174<br />
Table 11: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population per age group by <strong>Education</strong> District indicated by<br />
1996 & 2001 Census 181<br />
Table 12: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001 - Main Winners (relatively better<br />
<strong>of</strong>f) 188<br />
Table 13: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001. Main Losers (relatively worse) 188<br />
Table 14: Occupational Categories 192<br />
Table 15: Income Distribution 192<br />
Table 16: Number <strong>of</strong> Institutions and Centres 193<br />
Table 17: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners 193<br />
Table 18: Number <strong>of</strong> Educators (including SGB paid) 195<br />
Table 19: Enrolment and Population Statistics 195<br />
Table 20: Educator Post Declaration (<strong>2005</strong>) 196<br />
Table 21: Number <strong>of</strong> Employees <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 197<br />
Table 22: Resourcing effected via the School Funding Norms <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 198<br />
Table 23: Gross Enrolment Rate: 1996-2004 203<br />
Table 24: Repetition Rate by Grade 205<br />
Table 25: Drop-out Rate by Grade 2<strong>06</strong><br />
Table 26: Learner : Educator Ratio by Level 210<br />
Table 27: Learner - Educator Ratio by ex-<strong>Department</strong> (Public Ordinary Schools) 210<br />
Table 28: Learner - Educator Ratio by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools) 210<br />
Table 29: Average Classroom Size 214<br />
Table 30: Average Classroom Size by ex-<strong>Department</strong> 214<br />
Table 31: Average Classroom Size by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools) 214<br />
Table 32: Percentage <strong>of</strong> Educators (state-paid educators only) by Gender employed at<br />
Different Post Levels 216<br />
Table 33: Educators Leaving the System by Age Group 216<br />
Table 34: Grade 12 Pass rates 20<strong>06</strong>-2004 by ex-<strong>Department</strong> 219<br />
Table 35: Size and Shape <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling Sector 220<br />
Table 36: Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling 221<br />
Table 37: Budget Allocation to Programme 4 221<br />
Table 38: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners in LSEN schools 222<br />
Table 39: Number and Percentage <strong>of</strong> Learners by Gender and Disability (2004) 222<br />
Table 40: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 4 Schools 223<br />
Table 41: Learner : Classroom Ratio in Special Schools and the Classroom Backlog 223<br />
Table 42: Employment <strong>of</strong> Specialists 223<br />
Table 43: Learner : Educator Ratios in Programme 5 Institutions 224<br />
Table 44: Classrooms available for Programme 6 225<br />
Table 45: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 6 Centres 225<br />
Table 46: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 7 226<br />
Table 47: Condition <strong>of</strong> Capital Stock (April <strong>2005</strong>) 241<br />
Table 48: Employment and Vacancies by Programme (March <strong>2005</strong>) 247<br />
Table 49: Actual and Estimated Outcomes 2002/03 to <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 253<br />
11<br />
13<br />
15<br />
17<br />
22<br />
23<br />
28<br />
30<br />
58<br />
60<br />
65<br />
70<br />
70<br />
72<br />
72<br />
72<br />
73<br />
73<br />
73<br />
74<br />
74<br />
75<br />
77<br />
79<br />
79<br />
82<br />
82<br />
83<br />
85<br />
85<br />
85<br />
86<br />
87<br />
88<br />
89<br />
90<br />
90<br />
90<br />
91<br />
91<br />
91<br />
92<br />
92<br />
93<br />
93<br />
93<br />
98<br />
99<br />
103<br />
c o n t e n t s<br />
iii<br />
v
Table 50: Expected MTEF Figures 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09 (July <strong>2005</strong>) 254<br />
Table 51: Nominal Budget/Expenditure Growth 254<br />
104<br />
104<br />
LIST OF GRAPHS:<br />
Graph 1: Provincial Population Growth 1996-2001 3<br />
Graph 2: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Provincial Population by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001 3<br />
Graph 3: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Population by Age Group in the Eastern Cape - 2001 Census 3<br />
Graph 4: Comparative Population Distribution by Age Band in Two Selected Districts 3<br />
Graph 5: School Age Population Aged 7-10 <strong>Year</strong>s compared with reported Learner Enrolment<br />
for the Period 1995-2002 3<br />
Graph 6: Comparative Socio-Economic Deprivation by District 3<br />
Graph 7: Learner Enrolment in Public ordinary Schools (1995-2001) 3<br />
Graph 8: Learner Enrolment in Public Ordinary Schools by Grade (1995, 2004 and <strong>2005</strong>) 3<br />
Graph 9: Drop-out Rate : Eastern Cape 2000-2003 3<br />
Graph 10: Percentage Over Age Learners in Public Primary and Secondary Schools 3<br />
Graph 11: Percentage Learners in Grade 12 who are 18 <strong>Year</strong>s Old or Younger 3<br />
Graph 12: Educator Attrition by Age Group 3<br />
Graph 13: Provincial Matric Pass Rates 3<br />
Graph 14: Home Language versus Language <strong>of</strong> Institution for Eastern Cape Learners 2004 3<br />
59<br />
61<br />
62<br />
66<br />
68<br />
69<br />
76<br />
77<br />
80<br />
81<br />
81<br />
87<br />
88<br />
89<br />
LIST OF MAPS:<br />
Map 1: Population Density Distribution in the Province based on the 2001 Census data 3<br />
Map 2: Average Population Density Distribution per <strong>Education</strong> District 3<br />
Map 3: Socio-Economic Deprivation in the Eastern Cape by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001 3<br />
Map 4: Learner : Educator Ration per District 2004 3<br />
Map 5: Learner : Classroom Ratios per District 2004<br />
Map 6: <strong>Education</strong>al Districts 3<br />
64<br />
67<br />
71<br />
84<br />
86<br />
95<br />
LIST OF FIGURES:<br />
Figure 1: EC DoE Organogram approved in January 20<strong>06</strong> 3<br />
96<br />
iv<br />
vi
ACRONYMS<br />
c o n t e n t s<br />
ABET<br />
BAS<br />
CASS<br />
DBST<br />
DDG<br />
DFID<br />
Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Basic Accounting System<br />
Continuous Assessment<br />
District Based Support Team<br />
Deputy Director General<br />
<strong>Department</strong> for International Development (United Kingdom)<br />
eAdministration Electronic Administration<br />
EAP<br />
Employees Assistance Programme<br />
ECD<br />
Early Childhood Development<br />
ECDoE<br />
Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
EDC<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Development Centre<br />
EDO<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Development Officer<br />
e<strong>Education</strong> Electronic <strong>Education</strong><br />
EFMS<br />
Electronic Facilities Management System<br />
eLearning<br />
Electronic Learning<br />
EMIS<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Management Information System<br />
EPWP<br />
Expanded Public Works Programme<br />
ETDP-SETA <strong>Education</strong>, Training and Development Practices – Sector <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Authority<br />
FET<br />
Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
FETC Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Certificate (at Grade 12)<br />
FETIs<br />
Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Institutions<br />
GET<br />
General <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
GETC<br />
General <strong>Education</strong> and Training Certificate<br />
Grade R Reception Grade in the year before Grade 1<br />
GTZ<br />
Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Techische Zusammenarbeit<br />
HEIs<br />
Higher <strong>Education</strong> Institutions<br />
HOD<br />
Head <strong>of</strong> <strong>Department</strong><br />
HRD<br />
Human Resource Development<br />
HRM<br />
Human Resource Management<br />
ICT<br />
Information and Communications Technology<br />
IDP<br />
Integrated Development <strong>Plan</strong><br />
IMET<br />
Inter -Sectoral Monitoring & Evaluation Team<br />
IMT<br />
Interim Management Team<br />
INSET<br />
In-Service Training<br />
IQMS<br />
Integrated Quality Management System<br />
JMT<br />
Joint Management Team<br />
Logis<br />
Logistics Information System<br />
LoLT<br />
Language <strong>of</strong> Learning and Teaching<br />
LSEN<br />
Learners with Special <strong>Education</strong>al Needs<br />
LTSM<br />
Learning and Teaching Support Material<br />
MEC<br />
Member <strong>of</strong> the Executive Council<br />
v<br />
vii
MIP<br />
Matric Intervention Programme<br />
MTEF<br />
Medium Term Expenditure Framework<br />
NATED<br />
National <strong>Education</strong><br />
NCS<br />
National Curriculum Statement<br />
NDOE<br />
National <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
NEPA<br />
National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act<br />
NGOs<br />
Non-Governmental Organizations<br />
OBE<br />
Outcomes Based <strong>Education</strong><br />
PDEs<br />
Provincial <strong>Department</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
Persal<br />
Personnel and Salary System<br />
PFMA<br />
Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999), as amended<br />
PGDP<br />
Provincial Growth and Development <strong>Plan</strong><br />
PRESET<br />
Pre-Service Training<br />
PSA Public Service Act, 1994<br />
RNCS<br />
Revised National Curriculum Statement<br />
RPL<br />
Recognition <strong>of</strong> Prior Learning<br />
SAEF<br />
South African Excellence Foundation<br />
SAMDI<br />
South African Management Development Institute<br />
SASA South African Schools Act (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />
SCM<br />
Supply Chain Management<br />
SETA<br />
Sector <strong>Education</strong> and Training Authority<br />
SG<br />
Superintendent General<br />
SGB<br />
School Governing Body<br />
SMT<br />
School Management Team<br />
SNP<br />
School Nutrition Programme<br />
WSE<br />
Whole School Evaluation<br />
vi<br />
viii
c o n t e n t s<br />
e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />
EDUCATION<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 11
PART A: STRATEGIC OVERVIEW<br />
1. OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PLAN<br />
The mandate for education in the Province is enshrined in the legislation <strong>of</strong> the country.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> must deliver on providing quality education that could<br />
easily be accessed by all citizens for the duration <strong>of</strong> their lifetime; it must produce good<br />
citizens and the human resources that are needed for development; it must deliver<br />
services to its clients in an efficient, effective and reliable manner; and it must be a<br />
contributing and productive partner in the efforts <strong>of</strong> the nation to deal with the<br />
development and transformational challenges that are now faced by a new<br />
developmental state. This mandate is as extensive as it is daunting, and as challenging<br />
as it is stimulating. The <strong>Department</strong> must, however, rise to the challenge. In doing so, it<br />
cannot overlook the realities <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape Province in general, and the scope,<br />
issues and challenges which define the field <strong>of</strong> play in the education arena. While the<br />
possibilities are endless, the scope <strong>of</strong> education is extensive, the issues it bears are<br />
complex and the challenges it generates sometimes insurmountable. But these<br />
challenges cannot be ignored. They impact greatly upon people individually and publicly<br />
because <strong>of</strong> their deep roots in history, and because <strong>of</strong> the indelible effects this history<br />
has made on the spirits <strong>of</strong> our people and the viability <strong>of</strong> the organizations through which<br />
they are publicly served.<br />
Statistics South Africa estimated the population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape at 7,088,547 in<br />
June 2004. This represents 14% <strong>of</strong> the national population. Based on the results <strong>of</strong> the<br />
2001 census, 63.6% <strong>of</strong> households live in poverty, 36.5% have no more than a primary<br />
school education, and the unemployment rate is 53.7%. In fact, 50% <strong>of</strong> the population in<br />
the Eastern Cape is estimated as illiterate. The human development index ranges<br />
between a high <strong>of</strong> 0.66 in the Nelson Mandela Metropole and a low <strong>of</strong> 0.45 in the OR<br />
Tambo District which falls entirely within the Transkei. The socio-economic pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Eastern Cape is set out in the Provincial Growth and Development <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP).<br />
Provincial statistics reveal a state <strong>of</strong> poverty, disadvantagement and pain. Both the<br />
statistics and the public experience <strong>of</strong> the Province bear the effects <strong>of</strong> a legacy <strong>of</strong><br />
apartheid. In spite <strong>of</strong> the significant efforts made by the <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> and<br />
other <strong>Department</strong>s in the Province, there is still so much to accomplish to restore and<br />
renew the lives and circumstances <strong>of</strong> people.<br />
The Eastern Cape is the largest Provincial <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> in terms <strong>of</strong> the number<br />
<strong>of</strong> schools to be administered, and the second largest, behind KwaZulu Natal, in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
the number <strong>of</strong> educators and learners. The information in paragraph 6.1 shows that, in<br />
spite <strong>of</strong> its efforts and successes over the last 10 years, the <strong>Department</strong> still has not fully<br />
accomplished its mandate <strong>of</strong> changing the lives <strong>of</strong> citizens and enriching the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />
communities through education. Conditions <strong>of</strong> disadvantagement and inequity still exist<br />
in the education system, the under-performance <strong>of</strong> the system continues, and the<br />
contribution <strong>of</strong> the educational enterprise to the development and transformation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Province is still not properly orchestrated. <strong>Education</strong> as a partner in transformation<br />
remains outside <strong>of</strong> the development dynamics <strong>of</strong> the Province.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong>’s strategic plan focuses on improving the environment in which the core<br />
business <strong>of</strong> effective teaching and learning can take place. The <strong>Department</strong> has<br />
reviewed and restructured its organogram to streamline the administrative service<br />
delivery processes, and allow the pr<strong>of</strong>essional staff to concentrate on providing teaching<br />
and learning in the schools. The <strong>Department</strong> will continue its agenda on the<br />
improvement <strong>of</strong> management basics in order to promote service excellence that will<br />
advantage the learner, our principal client. In this context, the <strong>Department</strong> increasingly<br />
focuses on an anchor programme, the whole school development for total learner<br />
performance improvement, to which all initiatives and activities must respond.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 1<br />
Page 1
Gradually, this strategy refocuses our staff, and encourages them to challenge the<br />
existing paradigms.<br />
Through the establishment <strong>of</strong> a risk management strategy, it is anticipated that<br />
constraints and risks which could potentially affect the achievement <strong>of</strong> the strategic goals<br />
and objectives, will be managed through governance, risk and control processes.<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
2. VISION<br />
Our vision is to <strong>of</strong>fer a quality public education and training system that transforms<br />
schools into centres <strong>of</strong> community life and promotes shared moral values, good<br />
governance and sustainable development.<br />
3. MISSION<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> strives to provide quality education for sustainable<br />
development by:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Providing socially relevant and economically responsive programmes that address<br />
the human resource needs <strong>of</strong> the province and the country.<br />
Enhancing the skills base for agrarian transformation, manufacturing diversification<br />
and tourism in order to meet the needs <strong>of</strong> the second economy.<br />
Providing quality programmes to build the capacity <strong>of</strong> all employees.<br />
Encouraging participatory decision-making processes which strive to empower the<br />
whole community at all levels.<br />
4. VALUES<br />
The vision and mission are supported by the following values, which are based upon<br />
section 195 <strong>of</strong> the Constitution (Act No. 108 <strong>of</strong> 1996) and the Batho Pele principles:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Continuous improvement towards excellence in the standards <strong>of</strong> performance and<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism through our work ethos.<br />
Mutual trust, respect and moral values that promote human dignity as reflected in<br />
the concept <strong>of</strong> ubuntu.<br />
Participatory processes in policy making.<br />
Public administration that promotes sustainable development.<br />
The provision <strong>of</strong> value for money and accountability to the people <strong>of</strong> the province in<br />
line with the Constitution and the Bill <strong>of</strong> Rights.<br />
Transparency, equity and redress through the provision <strong>of</strong> timely, accessible and<br />
accurate information.<br />
Good human resource management and career-development practices for all<br />
employees to maximise human potential.<br />
5. SERVICE STANDARDS<br />
A Central component <strong>of</strong> any strategy to improve service delivery is rigorous service<br />
standards which relay to citizens the commitment <strong>of</strong> the Public Service to deliver quality<br />
services and against which government performance can be measured. In essence a<br />
service standard is a criterion adopted by a department defining how it should behave<br />
towards its citizens.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6) Page 2<br />
Page 2
Government departments are obliged to develop service standards, as stipulated in the<br />
Public Service Regulations, 2001, the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA), 1999,<br />
as amended and the Promotion <strong>of</strong> Administrative Justice Act, 2000 ( Act No. 3 <strong>of</strong> 2000).<br />
The Batho Pele (People First) or Transforming Public Service Delivery White Paper<br />
(Government Gazette No. 1459 <strong>of</strong> 1 October 1997) which states as one <strong>of</strong> its 8<br />
principles “Citizens should be told what level and quality <strong>of</strong> public services they will<br />
receive so that they are aware <strong>of</strong> what to expect”<br />
The Public Service Commission Report on the status <strong>of</strong> service standards found that<br />
whilst the political will exist to deliver high quality services, the absence <strong>of</strong> standards that<br />
promote and set out best practice has resulted in poor service delivery. As a result, the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Public Service & Administration, in conjunction with the Office <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Premier has initiated a process, across all sectors, to improve service delivery within the<br />
various provincial departments to develop the required capacity in order to compile their<br />
own service standards and measure delivery against these on an ongoing basis.<br />
The first phase requires that all departments develop and agree upon 6 – 8 critical<br />
service standards that they wish to prioritize. These will be showcased to other<br />
departments as a peer learning opportunity and a monitoring system will be set in place<br />
to measure progress against the service standards. In addition, the means to<br />
communicate the service standards to citizens will also be explored. In this way,<br />
departments will be mentored and coached in the process <strong>of</strong> service standard<br />
development, roll out, monitoring and reporting.<br />
The ECDoE has indicated its commitment to the development <strong>of</strong> standards by including<br />
a Directorate for Quality Promotion and Standards in the new organogram. This has<br />
further been entrenched into the system, by the development <strong>of</strong> a strategic management<br />
framework, which puts standard setting firmly in the centre <strong>of</strong> performance management<br />
and improved service delivery.<br />
The need to develop standards at the strategic level at the outset is high on the agenda<br />
<strong>of</strong> the ECDoE, who has, in conjunction with the Pytron Consortium developed blueprints<br />
for best practice that will surely support the development <strong>of</strong> standards on the corporate<br />
side. Furthermore, the Imbewu II Programme has over the past two years, funded a<br />
comprehensive evaluation programme which through the commissioning <strong>of</strong> 25<br />
evaluation studies, has highlighted the service delivery and programme performance<br />
gaps and risk areas on the education services side. The findings and recommendations<br />
from these studies will form the basis for not only the development <strong>of</strong> policy, but also the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> appropriate service standards at the strategic, organizational and<br />
operational levels <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
The ECDoE has adopted a practical process towards achieving relevant and critical<br />
standards that are backed up by legislation.<br />
In this respect the <strong>Department</strong> is committed to the following process:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Know your business<br />
Consult with target group / stakeholders<br />
Set customer-sensitive service standards<br />
Empower and train staff to support and maintain<br />
Communicate service standards and performance measures to customers<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 3<br />
Page 3
6. SECTORAL SITUATION ANALYSIS<br />
6.1 Summary <strong>of</strong> Service Delivery Environment and Challenges<br />
According to the EMIS statistics compiled in the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>, the Provincial<br />
education system in <strong>2005</strong> comprised 6,304 public schools. Of these, 880 are High<br />
schools, 2,553 Combined or Junior Secondary Schools; 2,593 Primary schools; 42<br />
schools for Learners with Special <strong>Education</strong>al Needs (LSEN); and 236 State subsidized<br />
Early Childhood Development (ECD) centres, with many more <strong>of</strong> these centres being<br />
run as community and private facilities. The same data revealed that there were<br />
2,184,103 learners in public ordinary schools in <strong>2005</strong>. Of these, 104,929 were preprimary<br />
learners in grade R and 7,466 were learners in public ordinary schools with<br />
special educational needs. There were a further 9,072 learners in special schools.<br />
The same statistics show that there were 62,765 educators in public ordinary schools in<br />
<strong>2005</strong>, <strong>of</strong> which 18,445 were in primary schools, 13,850 were in secondary schools and<br />
30,470 were in high schools. There were 842 educators in special schools.<br />
In-spite <strong>of</strong> significant progress, there are still major backlogs in school infrastructure. In<br />
<strong>2005</strong>, 2,608 schools (41%) did not have electricity and 1,888 schools (29%) did not have<br />
pipe-borne water. In the same year, 939 schools (14.8%) were identified as mud<br />
structures needing replacement. Most <strong>of</strong> these schools are in the former Transkei.<br />
School performance in terms <strong>of</strong> internal efficiency and academic success is less than<br />
desirable. In 2004 the average repetition rate was 9%, and exceeded 20% at the senior<br />
grades (grades 10-12) in many <strong>of</strong> the most disadvantaged Districts. Appropriately-aged<br />
enrolment averaged only 31%, with over-aged enrolment particularly high, averaging<br />
50%. The school participation rate for designated age cohorts is well below 100% and<br />
decreases significantly at the higher grades. The matric pass rate for the Province has<br />
been consistently low, with the lowest pass rate <strong>of</strong> any Province in <strong>2005</strong>. These results<br />
are not without their reasons, and the true account <strong>of</strong> the factors that give rise to these<br />
circumstances are generally hidden and not subject to public discourse. An analysis <strong>of</strong><br />
this and other available information, however, reveals a picture <strong>of</strong> inequity,<br />
disadvantagement, and under-resourcing; and it highlights the effects <strong>of</strong> poverty, history<br />
and marginalization on the performance <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> in the Province.<br />
There are 8 FET Colleges in the Province which, in 2004, had a headcount enrolment <strong>of</strong><br />
34,854 with 845 educators. There are also 4 Higher <strong>Education</strong> Institutions (HEIs) in the<br />
Province with a headcount enrolment <strong>of</strong> 64,641 in 2004. However progression from high<br />
schools to further and higher education is very low. In 2002 for example, 34,<strong>06</strong>9 <strong>of</strong> the<br />
65,661 grade 12 learners passed matric (52%), 5,249 with an exemption enabling them<br />
to enter higher education. But only 5,451 learners entered a HEI and 1,703 entered an<br />
FET college the next year. This meant that only 21% <strong>of</strong> learners were able to enter<br />
formal further or higher education in fact did so. This problem is compounded when one<br />
examines the throughput <strong>of</strong> the higher education system. In 2000, the drop out rate from<br />
Provincial HEIs was 20% in the first year, with only 15% <strong>of</strong> the designated year group<br />
graduating after four years. A significant number <strong>of</strong> learners from disadvantaged groups<br />
cannot complete their studies because <strong>of</strong> financial reasons.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is committed to rolling out its service delivery model articulated in<br />
previous plans by establishing fully serviced District Offices, and the focus has shifted to<br />
ensuring that District Offices are adequately resourced and capacitated. Fully functional<br />
district <strong>of</strong>fices will take services closer to the public and be a more efficient and effective<br />
service delivery model. All programmes are subjected to quality assurance processes to<br />
ensure that they benefit the <strong>Department</strong>’s clients, especially learners and community<br />
members. There is a great need for adequate financial, human and physical resources<br />
to enable the <strong>Department</strong> to deliver on its mandate. The challenge is to manage the<br />
available resources more effectively and efficiently.<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6) Page 4<br />
Page 4
In its quest to deliver exemplary service to all its clients – both internal and external – the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>, like all other departments within the public sector, is<br />
continuously striving to inculcate the principles <strong>of</strong> Batho Pele (People First) into the<br />
thinking <strong>of</strong> staff and to ensure that it becomes an integral part <strong>of</strong> service delivery.<br />
6.2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Organisational Environment and Challenges<br />
In <strong>2005</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> again reviewed its organizational structure in order to ensure<br />
alignment with the new five-year <strong>Department</strong>al <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>. A revised organogram<br />
was approved by the MEC in January 20<strong>06</strong>, and is in the process <strong>of</strong> being implemented.<br />
This will strengthen delivery capacity in the Districts and Head Office.<br />
Due to budgetary constraints and lengthy administrative processes many senior<br />
management posts have only been filled from 1 June <strong>2005</strong>, including senior managers<br />
to support the FET College Chief Executive Officers. This will be followed by Deputy and<br />
Assistant Director, Chief and Deputy <strong>Education</strong> Specialist, Curriculum Advisor, Secretary<br />
and other administrative posts.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> has absorbed surplus staff from Teacher Training Colleges into existing<br />
vacancies.<br />
7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES<br />
7.1 General Mandate <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />
The broad mandate <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> is to provide for basic education in the Province<br />
and to adopt reasonable measures to progressively provide access to further education.<br />
At national level this mandate is governed primarily by:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Constitution <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong> South Africa Act, 1996 (Act No. 108 <strong>of</strong><br />
1996) which provides for the constitutional right to education;<br />
The National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 (Act No. 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996) which provides for<br />
the determination <strong>of</strong> national education policy by the Minister <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>;<br />
The South African Schools Act, 1996 (Act No. 84 <strong>of</strong> 1996) which caters for the<br />
needs <strong>of</strong> those learners who are located in schools within the compulsory band;<br />
The Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 1998 (Act No. 98 <strong>of</strong> 1998) which<br />
focuses on the needs <strong>of</strong> those learners who wish to pursue ongoing learning<br />
activities;<br />
The Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 200 (Act No. 52 <strong>of</strong> 2000), which<br />
promotes lifelong learning through the provision <strong>of</strong> continuous learning activities for<br />
adults;<br />
The Employment <strong>of</strong> Educators Act, 1998 (Act No. 76 <strong>of</strong> 1998) and the Public<br />
Service Act, 1994 (Proclamation No. 103 <strong>of</strong> 1994), which determine the conditions<br />
<strong>of</strong> service, discipline, retirement and discharge <strong>of</strong> educators and administrative staff<br />
in the Province; and<br />
The General and Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001<br />
(Act No. 58 <strong>of</strong> 2001), which provides for quality assurance in general and further<br />
education and training, norms and standards for curriculum and assessment and the<br />
issuing <strong>of</strong> certificates at exit points from the general and further education bands <strong>of</strong><br />
the National Qualifications Framework established under the South African<br />
Qualifications Authority Act, 1995 (Act No. 58 <strong>of</strong> 1995).<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 5<br />
Page 5
Key national policy frameworks are provided in respect <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> children<br />
before their formal entry into the basic schooling phase (Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong>)<br />
and the needs <strong>of</strong> learners who have special needs by <strong>Education</strong> White Paper 5 on<br />
Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (May 2001) and <strong>Education</strong> White Paper 6 on Special<br />
Needs <strong>Education</strong> – Building an Inclusive <strong>Education</strong> and Training System (July<br />
2001).<br />
Curriculum <strong>2005</strong> (C<strong>2005</strong>) governs curriculum in the Province, embodying the vision<br />
for general education to move away from a racist, apartheid, rote model <strong>of</strong> learning<br />
and teaching, to a liberating, nation-building and learner-centred outcomes-based<br />
initiative. In line with training strategies, the reformulation <strong>of</strong> the curriculum is<br />
intended to allow greater mobility between different levels and between institutional<br />
sites, and to promote the integration <strong>of</strong> knowledge and skills through learning<br />
pathways. Its assessment, qualifications, competency and skills-based framework<br />
encourages the development <strong>of</strong> curriculum models which are aligned to the National<br />
Qualifications Framework in theory and practice.<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
7.2 Constitutional Mandate<br />
The Constitution provides for the constitutional right to education and the overall<br />
framework for the delivery <strong>of</strong> education to the people <strong>of</strong> South Africa. The key provisions<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Constitution that impact on delivery by provincial education departments are<br />
located in section 29 (Chapter 2) <strong>of</strong> the Bill <strong>of</strong> Rights, which reflects that:<br />
“Everyone has the right –<br />
(a) to a basic education, including adult basic education; and<br />
(b) to further education, which the state through reasonable measures must make<br />
progressively available and accessible”.<br />
The Constitution provides that education at all levels (excluding tertiary education) is a<br />
matter <strong>of</strong> concurrent or shared legislative competence between national and provincial<br />
government. It empowers provinces to pass laws on education and provides a<br />
framework to resolve any conflicts that may arise between national and provincial laws.<br />
7.3 National Legislative Mandate<br />
The National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 provides the basic framework for the national<br />
Minister <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to determine national educational policies, to monitor the<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> these policies and to evaluate the general well being <strong>of</strong> the<br />
educational system. The Act provides the Minister with significant functions and<br />
responsibilities in terms <strong>of</strong> the overall oversight <strong>of</strong> the education system nationally.<br />
The South African Schools Act, 1996 provides the broad framework for the provision<br />
<strong>of</strong> general education to the children <strong>of</strong> South Africa. This law broadly encompasses the<br />
organization, funding and governance framework for all schools in South Africa and<br />
authorizes the Member <strong>of</strong> the Executive Council responsible for education in the<br />
Province and the Head <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> to exercise far-reaching powers and perform a<br />
range <strong>of</strong> essential functions in education.<br />
The Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 1998 requires the Province to provide for the<br />
establishment, governance and funding <strong>of</strong> public further education and training<br />
institutions. This responsibility extends to monitoring and supporting these institutions.<br />
The Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 2000 has as its objectives developing<br />
support systems for a curriculum framework to equip learners with functional numeracy,<br />
literacy, language and communication skills and coordinating the development and<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> quality assurance standards in relation to national standards and the<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 6
National Qualifications Framework. Some <strong>of</strong> the programmes included in the strategy<br />
are teacher development programmes, literacy and numeracy and curriculum reform.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the major challenges confronting the <strong>Department</strong> is the reduction <strong>of</strong> adult<br />
illiteracy through the mobilization <strong>of</strong> ABET structures and systems, and the<br />
establishment <strong>of</strong> a reliable learner and teacher database.<br />
The General and Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001<br />
provides for establishing a quality assurance body to ensure that continuous<br />
enhancement <strong>of</strong> quality is achieved in the delivery and outcomes <strong>of</strong> the general and<br />
further education and training sectors <strong>of</strong> the national education and training system and<br />
developing a quality assurance framework for the general and further education bands <strong>of</strong><br />
the National Qualifications Framework. The <strong>Department</strong> is a public provider for purposes<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Act, authorizing it to deliver learning programmes and to manage the assessment<br />
<strong>of</strong> such programmes at public schools, public further education and training institutions<br />
and public adult learning centres.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> employs educators and administrative staff in the Province in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
the Employment <strong>of</strong> Educators Act, 1998 and the Public Service Act, 1994. These<br />
Acts govern the employment and human resource relationship between the <strong>Department</strong><br />
and its employees, determining conditions <strong>of</strong> service, discipline, retirement and<br />
discharge.<br />
7.4 Provincial Legislative Mandate<br />
The Eastern Cape Province has passed the Eastern Cape Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act,<br />
1999 (Act No 10, 1999) which builds on the South African Schools Act, 1966<br />
providing further for the organization, governance and funding <strong>of</strong> schools in the<br />
Province. It also provides for the Eastern Cape <strong>Education</strong> Advisory Council, consisting <strong>of</strong><br />
a range <strong>of</strong> stakeholders in education in the Province and for the determination <strong>of</strong><br />
provincial education policy.<br />
The <strong>Education</strong> Laws Amendment (Conduct <strong>of</strong> Matriculation Examinations) Act,<br />
1995 provides for the conduct <strong>of</strong> senior certificate examinations in the Province. It<br />
provides for an examination board and for regulations governing the conduct <strong>of</strong> exams,<br />
the enrolment and discipline <strong>of</strong> learners in exams, the appointment, powers and<br />
functions <strong>of</strong> examiners, moderators and invigilators, the issuing <strong>of</strong> certificates and the<br />
handling <strong>of</strong> inquiries into and irregularities in the conduct <strong>of</strong> exams.<br />
7.5 Good Governance Mandate<br />
The Constitution provides the basic values and principles governing the public<br />
administration in general, including the <strong>Department</strong>. These principles include:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A high standard <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethics must be promoted and maintained;<br />
Efficient, economic and effective use <strong>of</strong> resources must be promoted;<br />
Public administration must be development oriented;<br />
Services must be provided impartially, fairly, equitably and without bias;<br />
People’s needs must be responded to, and the public must be encouraged to<br />
participate in policy-making;<br />
Transparency must be fostered by providing the public with timely, accessible and<br />
accurate information;<br />
Good human resource management and career development practices, to maximize<br />
human potential, must be cultivated;<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page Page 7 7
Public administration must be broadly representative <strong>of</strong> the South African people,<br />
with employment and personnel management practices based on ability, objectivity,<br />
fairness, and the need to address the imbalances <strong>of</strong> the past to achieve broad<br />
representation.<br />
The White Paper on Transforming Public Service Delivery (Batho Pele) (General<br />
Notice 18340 <strong>of</strong> 1 October 1997) promotes transformation in government. It is based<br />
on eight transformation principles. The <strong>Department</strong> has recognized that transforming its<br />
service delivery is key to guaranteeing the basic needs <strong>of</strong> citizens and, as such, aims to<br />
be more effective by improving its service delivery programmes. These principles are: 1.<br />
consulting users <strong>of</strong> services; 2. setting service standards; 3. increasing access; 4.<br />
ensuring courtesy; 5. providing more and better information; 6. increasing openness and<br />
transparency; 7. remedying mistakes and failures; and 8. getting the best possible value<br />
for money.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is bound by the provisions <strong>of</strong> the Public Finance Management Act,<br />
1999 (Act No. 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999) to ensure that all revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities<br />
are managed efficiently and effectively. The Act requires that good public finance<br />
management principles are incorporated into the <strong>Department</strong>’s business plans, that<br />
annual budgets are compiled and managed and that financial systems, risk management<br />
and internal controls are in place and are transparent.<br />
The Promotion <strong>of</strong> Access to Information Act, 2000 (Act No. 2 <strong>of</strong> 2000) requires the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> to provide access to information that it holds if requested by any person or<br />
organization. The Act gives effect to section 32(1)(a) <strong>of</strong> the Constitution which states that<br />
everyone has the right <strong>of</strong> access to any information held by the State, and section 32<br />
(1)(b) which provides for the right <strong>of</strong> access to information held by any other person<br />
when that information is required for the exercise or protection <strong>of</strong> rights.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is also subject to the Promotion <strong>of</strong> Administrative Justice Act, 2000<br />
(Act No. 3 <strong>of</strong> 2000) which provides that everyone has the right to administrative action<br />
that is lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair, and that anyone whose rights have been<br />
adversely affected by administrative action may require written reasons for the action.<br />
The Act also provides for the judicial review <strong>of</strong> administrative acts by the courts.<br />
7.6 Electronic <strong>Education</strong> and Communications<br />
The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, 2002 (Act No. 25 <strong>of</strong> 2002)<br />
provides for the facilitation and regulation <strong>of</strong> electronic communications and<br />
transactions; the development <strong>of</strong> a national e-strategy; universal access to electronic<br />
communications and transactions; human resource development in electronic<br />
transactions; the prevention <strong>of</strong> abuse <strong>of</strong> information systems; and to encourage the use<br />
<strong>of</strong> e-government services. This is an important law for the <strong>Department</strong> and for<br />
educational institutions and requires access to and training in the use <strong>of</strong> computers.<br />
The Draft White Paper on e-<strong>Education</strong>, August 2003 provides an overall policy goal to<br />
the effect that “Every South African learner in the general and further education and<br />
training bands will be ICT capable (that is, use Information and Communications<br />
Technology (ICT) confidently and creatively) by 2013”. Policy imperatives in this regard<br />
are set out under the following strategic objectives:<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ICT pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong> teachers, managers and administrators;<br />
Electronic content resources for teaching and learning;<br />
ICT infrastructure;<br />
Connectivity to an educational network and the Internet;<br />
Community engagement to share the resources with the wider community;<br />
Research and development into new technologies, methodologies and techniques.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 8
This policy will have a major impact on teaching, learning and administration in schools<br />
over the next 10 years.<br />
8. BROAD POLICIES, PRIORITIES, STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
The goals, objectives and priorities <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan have been derived from a review<br />
<strong>of</strong> the legislative and policy framework governing education both nationally and in the<br />
Province, and from the development focus and transformational agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>. The <strong>Department</strong> has conducted a detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> its circumstances<br />
and challenges, both historically and currently, and has, as a result, isolated areas <strong>of</strong><br />
focus for the enhancement <strong>of</strong> its performance and the promotion <strong>of</strong> a more equitable<br />
dispensation <strong>of</strong> educational services in the Province. Government adopted “Vision 2014”<br />
as part <strong>of</strong> its election manifesto in April 2004. The PGDP and the Transformation<br />
Agenda both cover the ten-year period until 2014. The PGDP takes its cue from<br />
Government’s mandate, including the Medium-Term <strong>Strategic</strong> Framework (MTSF) for<br />
2004 to 2009, whilst the Transformation Agenda is aligned to the PDGP.<br />
8.1 National and Provincial Government Policies and Priorities<br />
8.1.1 Government's mandate, as reflected in the "2004 Manifesto - A People's Contract to<br />
Create Work and Fight Poverty" is based on an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the progress that has<br />
been made in the past 10 years in creating a constitutional democracy, expanding<br />
access to services and opportunities, growing the economy, improving citizens' security<br />
and locating SA within the vanguard <strong>of</strong> global efforts to build a caring and secure world.<br />
Vision 2014 is articulated in the Manifesto: "Guided by the Reconstruction and<br />
Development Programme, our vision is to build a society that is truly united, nonracial,<br />
non-sexist and democratic. Central to this is a single and integrated economy that<br />
benefits all."<br />
8.1.2 The MTSF indicates that Government's strategic priorities, amongst other things, are to<br />
address issues in education such as the recapitalization <strong>of</strong> Further <strong>Education</strong> & Training<br />
(FET) institutions, aligning curricula <strong>of</strong> these and other technical training institutions<br />
with economic needs, other issues relating to the skills training nexus, improving<br />
school performance, ensuring dedicated resources for launching a massive programme<br />
for Early Childhood Development (ECD) as a deliberate human resource investment<br />
(as part <strong>of</strong> the Expanded Public Works Programme), expanding the Primary School<br />
Nutrition Programme, and aligning the National Spatial Development Perspective<br />
(NSDP), Provincial Growth & Development Strategies (PGDSs) and Integrated Local<br />
Development <strong>Plan</strong>s (IDPs) within the next three years to ensure that local plans<br />
correspond to national and provincial economic imperatives. All <strong>of</strong> this should occur<br />
within a new culture <strong>of</strong> partnerships with various sectors <strong>of</strong> society taking root in the way<br />
government operates, informed by the concept <strong>of</strong> a People's Contract.<br />
8.1.3 The PGDP aims to address the high levels <strong>of</strong> poverty, unemployment and illiteracy,<br />
amongst other things, in the Province. This development framework sets, inter alia, the<br />
following targets for the next 10 years:<br />
To maintain an economic growth rate <strong>of</strong> between 5% and 8% per annum;<br />
To reduce by between 60% and 80% the number <strong>of</strong> households living below the<br />
poverty line by 2014;<br />
To establish food self-sufficiency in the Province by 2014;<br />
To ensure universal primary education (UPE) by 2014, with all children proceeding<br />
to the first exit point in secondary education;<br />
To improve the literacy rate in the Province by 50% by 2014;<br />
To eliminate gender disparity in education and employment by 2014; and<br />
To halt and begin to reverse the spread <strong>of</strong> HIV and Aids by 2014.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page Page 9 9
8.1.4 The Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> seeks to ensure redress by pursuing a<br />
course <strong>of</strong> development that is responsive to the social and economic circumstances in<br />
communities, the Development Agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province, and the historically derived<br />
pockets <strong>of</strong> inequitable services that still exist in the Province. In this regard, this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the document highlights priorities and presents an outline <strong>of</strong> strategic goals and<br />
objectives. The section also seeks to present a rationale for the identification and<br />
selection <strong>of</strong> each strategic goal in light <strong>of</strong> the vision <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>, the issues that<br />
are currently faced, and the core element <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s Transformation Agenda.<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
8.2 <strong>Department</strong>al Priority Areas<br />
The priority areas <strong>of</strong> focus in the <strong>Department</strong> are derived from its emphasis on ensuring<br />
that the organizational systems and policy framework <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> are sufficiently<br />
adequate to streamline and support service delivery; ensuring that each learner has an<br />
equitable opportunity to achieve; and ensuring that the infrastructure for education is<br />
sufficiently adequate to meet the goals and objectives for service delivery.<br />
An analysis <strong>of</strong> the circumstances in the <strong>Department</strong> has revealed that a targeted array <strong>of</strong><br />
critical interventions will provide firm grounding for enhancing educational services and<br />
thus creating a momentum for development and educational achievement. Among the<br />
priority areas for focus are the following:<br />
Amending or replacement <strong>of</strong> the Province’s schools law<br />
Ensuring the establishment and functioning <strong>of</strong> advisory structures in education<br />
Strengthening policy frameworks for learner admissions in Public Schools<br />
Creating effective and efficient systems and policy for managing learner conduct and<br />
disciplinary hearings<br />
Maintaining integrity and efficiency in the conduct <strong>of</strong> examinations and assessments<br />
Creating greater equity and efficiency in the governance, funding and oversight <strong>of</strong><br />
public schools<br />
Establishing greater capacity and more effective policies and systems for the<br />
administration <strong>of</strong> school fees and public school finances including budgets, school<br />
funds, financial statements and school audit reports<br />
Establishing policies and support systems for enhancing the performance <strong>of</strong> learner<br />
representative councils<br />
Enhancing policies, systems and monitoring structures for the registration, funding<br />
and oversight <strong>of</strong> independent schools<br />
Enabling the transformation and responsiveness <strong>of</strong> public Further <strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Training institutions through proper governance, funding and oversight<br />
Enhancing the effectiveness, efficiency and productivity <strong>of</strong> public adult learning<br />
centres through proper governance, funding and oversight<br />
Enhancing the rationalization <strong>of</strong> schools to enhance the efficiency <strong>of</strong> education and<br />
promote greater equity in the availability <strong>of</strong> curriculum options and quality education<br />
Ensuring the adequacy <strong>of</strong> resources and facilities <strong>of</strong> the proper administration and<br />
delivery <strong>of</strong> education<br />
8.3 <strong>Department</strong>al <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals<br />
In light <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> circumstances and the priority areas identified, 9 goals were<br />
identified to frame the strategic focus and activities <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>. These strategic<br />
goals form the foundation <strong>of</strong> what the <strong>Department</strong> seeks to accomplish within the<br />
planned period.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 10
The strategic goals are outlined in Table 1. The Table also provides a brief rationale in<br />
support <strong>of</strong> the selection and focus on each strategic goal. The <strong>Department</strong> aims to<br />
pursue the following strategic goals over the next ten years:<br />
Table 1: <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Associated Rationale<br />
No <strong>Strategic</strong> Goal Rationale and Focus<br />
1 Equity in educational achievements<br />
for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race,<br />
gender , disability and geographic<br />
location<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
A review <strong>of</strong> the data on performance shows that historical<br />
disadvantagement still affects the level <strong>of</strong> resources that are<br />
available for education in some communities. The effect <strong>of</strong><br />
prosperity and other circumstances <strong>of</strong> the community affects<br />
schools and the performance and advancement <strong>of</strong> learners<br />
2 All school learners equipped with<br />
skills for further employment<br />
(including self-employment), training<br />
and participation in society<br />
3 Improved quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and<br />
learning at all educational levels<br />
throughout the Province<br />
4 Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service<br />
integration at the local level<br />
5 Performance Management<br />
systems and<br />
systems management and processes for<br />
enhanced service delivery<br />
All learners and communities will be resourced to the level that<br />
will produce equity in achievement.<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
Learners graduating from schools are not equally equipped for<br />
careers and for life. Many do not have a sound and viable basic<br />
education upon which they can build a future. Because <strong>of</strong> poor<br />
subject choices, minimal educational resources and lack <strong>of</strong><br />
guidance and support, many learners are under-educated, underinformed<br />
and ill-equipped for successful futures.<br />
All learners will have a sound basic education and educational<br />
exposure and information upon which they can build careers<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
The quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and learning varies throughout the<br />
Province because <strong>of</strong> the availability and level <strong>of</strong> resources, the<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> teachers and the level <strong>of</strong> parental and community<br />
support. Some learners and communities are disadvantaged<br />
because they do not have access to quality education.<br />
All learners will have a greater opportunity to achieve at a level<br />
that is typical for the more privileged learners in the Province.<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
Resources at the local level are not maximized for the highest<br />
benefit <strong>of</strong> learners and their communities. Local organizations<br />
and departments, especially in the social sector, must work<br />
together to achieve the welfare <strong>of</strong> learners, their parents and their<br />
communities.<br />
A more integrated approach to education at the local level, where<br />
more local resources are applied to the benefit <strong>of</strong> learners. There<br />
will be a higher level <strong>of</strong> purposeful inter-organizational<br />
collaboration.<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
Because policies, systems and processes are not sufficiently<br />
streamlined and focused to promote equity and reduce<br />
disadvantagement, inequitable circumstances continue to exist.<br />
The achievement <strong>of</strong> transformational objectives will depend<br />
largely on systems and policies that are supportive.<br />
The adequacy <strong>of</strong> systems will be judged by their ability to<br />
contribute to the realization <strong>of</strong> transformational outcomes<br />
6 Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 11
No <strong>Strategic</strong> Goal Rationale and Focus<br />
system in order to balance access<br />
and efficiency<br />
7 Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong><br />
resources to maximize discretionary<br />
support to strategic priorities<br />
8 Social issues affecting schooling<br />
addressed<br />
9 Adequate physical and institutional<br />
infrastructure to support teaching and<br />
learning at all levels<br />
There are too many small schools in rural areas to maximize<br />
quality and efficiency in education. Students are disadvantaged<br />
by the limited range <strong>of</strong> subject <strong>of</strong>ferings because <strong>of</strong> school<br />
establishments that are too small.<br />
Consolidation <strong>of</strong> schools so that there are larger schools that are<br />
more suitably equipped to deliver quality education.<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
Current funding formulae and mechanisms do not currently<br />
accommodate for poverty and disadvantagement. Resources<br />
must be proportionally allocated so that the disadvantaged are<br />
able to make gains in acquiring the capacity to deliver effective<br />
educational services.<br />
Funding and resource allocation formula and mechanisms are<br />
structured in a manner that allows disadvantaged schools and<br />
districts to make gains in service delivery improvement.<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
Learners and educators are first and foremost members <strong>of</strong> their<br />
families whilst the latter constitute the building blocks <strong>of</strong> the<br />
various communities served by schools and other educational<br />
institutions. Families and communities are adversely affected by<br />
various social issues such as poverty, crime, unemployment, HIV<br />
and AIDS etc, which constitutes an integral part <strong>of</strong> their social<br />
reality.<br />
Social issues affecting schooling therefore need to be addressed<br />
to ensure that quality learning and teaching is possible.<br />
As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />
Due to historical reasons some schools function without essential<br />
physical infrastructure such as adequate and proper class and<br />
lecture rooms, laboratories, libraries, <strong>of</strong>fice blocks and toilets.<br />
Some schools and colleges are accommodated in mud<br />
structures, derelict buildings, or are without electricity, water and<br />
sanitation.<br />
Essential physical infrastructure is indispensable in order for<br />
effective learning and teaching to take place.<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
8.4 <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives<br />
Each strategic goal is broken down into a designated set <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives as the<br />
first measure for beginning to delineate specific activities to be undertaken within the<br />
planned period. In the process <strong>of</strong> plan development a wide array <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives<br />
were identified for each strategic goal. The number <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives identified<br />
through these processes was excessive, and was perceived to be generally<br />
unmanageable. As a result, strategic objectives were rationalized into the reduced set<br />
<strong>of</strong> objectives that are presented in Table 2. It should be noted, however, that this<br />
rationalization did not compromise the range <strong>of</strong> activities that were considered as<br />
necessary for the implementation <strong>of</strong> the plan. In outlining strategic objectives within their<br />
associated measurable objectives and performance measures, every effort was made to<br />
ensure that critical areas <strong>of</strong> focus are identified and properly specified. In effect, no<br />
aspect <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan deliberation was lost in the rationalization process.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2120<strong>06</strong> F (6).doc Page Page 12 12
Table 2 : Outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives by <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals<br />
NUMBER AND<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF<br />
GOALS and<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 7:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 8:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />
Equity in educational achievements for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender,<br />
disability and geographic location<br />
Increased admission, participation, progression and success rates in ECD, GET and<br />
FET including rural learners, girls and LSEN<br />
Targeted and preferential funding to enhance achievement prospects for the most<br />
disadvantaged learners and communities<br />
Improved enrolment, participation and performance in Mathematics, Science and<br />
Technology and Economic Management Sciences, particularly amongst girls and<br />
rural learners<br />
Increased access to and utilization for ICTs also in rural schools, in order to exploit<br />
the transformative equalizing potential <strong>of</strong> e<strong>Education</strong><br />
High quality relevant teaching and learning materials and equipment reach the<br />
poorest schools<br />
All school learners equipped with skills for further employment (including selfemployment),<br />
training and participation in society<br />
Potential <strong>of</strong> GET and FET learners increased for employment and self-employment<br />
through improved skills, especially in Mathematics, science, technology and ICT<br />
School and FET learners with skills in line with economic and social needs through a<br />
relevant and well supported curriculum and well trained teachers<br />
Increased access, throughput and success through quality, relevant learning<br />
programmes in well resourced FET colleges<br />
Potential <strong>of</strong> FET learners increased for employment and self-employment through<br />
improved linkage to key government initiatives and skills training programmes<br />
Improved quality teaching and learning at all educational levels throughout the<br />
Province<br />
Integrated implementation <strong>of</strong> the curriculum coordinated and supported in<br />
accordance with national policies<br />
Developed and supported a pr<strong>of</strong>essional, committed and well trained teaching corps<br />
Teacher utilization and performance improved and managed<br />
A quality foundation for teaching and learning provided and supported through self<br />
managing and well resourced ECD Centres and Schools<br />
Increased literacy and relevant skills through high quality ABET programmes<br />
Access to quality teaching and learning for LSEN in accordance with the policy and<br />
principals <strong>of</strong> inclusive education<br />
Enhanced integration <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS and life skills into and across the curriculum<br />
Improved literacy and pr<strong>of</strong>iciency in the language <strong>of</strong> learning and teaching (LoLT)<br />
Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />
Well managed schools with strong community involvement<br />
Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support services from EDOs, Subject Advisors and Special<br />
Needs Staff<br />
The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered to high<br />
priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district staff increased, and well articulated, comprehensive<br />
and accredited training programmes available<br />
Well managed education districts with strong links to municipalities and education<br />
stakeholders<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 13
NUMBER AND<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF<br />
GOALS and<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 7:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 7:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 8:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 9:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />
Improved service delivery in education: develop and implement a decentralization<br />
plan in line with the Provincial Decentralization <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP)<br />
Strengthened coordination and partnerships within the <strong>Department</strong> and with<br />
government, social partners and civil society<br />
Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service<br />
delivery<br />
Strong, locally-based corporate services established in District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />
Effective performance management and accountability processes for all employees<br />
Incentives proved to make rural areas more attractive for educators and other public<br />
servants, e.g. access to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc.<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> role <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> enhanced by making management and<br />
administration systems work effectively<br />
Optimal provisioning and utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />
HIV and AIDS considerations mainstreamed into all policies, programmes and<br />
procedures <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> that promotes the transformation agenda<br />
Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school system in order to balance access and<br />
efficiency<br />
Realignment <strong>of</strong> schools to comply with the national phases (Grade 1-7 Primary,<br />
Grade 8-12 secondary)<br />
School construction redirected in order to facilitate reconfiguration<br />
Subsidized scholar transport (including bicycles) and/or accommodation <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />
particularly at secondary level in order to achieve higher enrolments per school<br />
Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to maximize discretionary<br />
support to strategic priorities<br />
Appropriate determination <strong>of</strong> post-baskets and ensuring that every staff member is<br />
optimally utilized<br />
Closely managed appointment <strong>of</strong> additional staff so that resources can be freed up<br />
for non-personnel expenditure intended to improve quality and service delivery<br />
meeting nationally set targets for personnel : non-personnel expenditure<br />
Carefully targeted additional resources to improve physical facilities, increase supply<br />
<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning resources and equipment to schools, to train, develop and<br />
support existing personnel better, and to implement the norms and standards for<br />
school funding<br />
International and local donor community harnessed as partners in education delivery<br />
and access additional resources<br />
Social issues affecting schooling addressed<br />
Schools and departmental structures and processes established to respond<br />
adequately to the social issues which affect schools and schooling<br />
Collaborative relationships within the school community and social structures to<br />
reinforce the family and to manage social issues which affect schools<br />
A safe and healthy environment and employee wellness in the workplace<br />
A new model developed and introduced for the school nutrition programme which<br />
involves community participation through cooperatives<br />
Care and support for those who are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />
Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and<br />
learning at all levels<br />
Adequate school buildings appropriately placed and conducive to teaching, learning<br />
and administration<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2120<strong>06</strong> F (6).doc Page Page 14 14
NUMBER AND<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF<br />
GOALS and<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />
A school environment and facilities that are conducive to effective education, safety,<br />
health, security and environmentally appropriate<br />
Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school building programme with publicly administered<br />
programmes which deal with poverty, unemployment and other social and economic<br />
challenges in society<br />
FET colleges properly upgraded and recapitalized in order to respond to labour<br />
market needs<br />
<strong>Education</strong> District Offices upgraded to provide adequate space and facilities<br />
8.5 Cross Cutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives<br />
In order to be implemented the objectives <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan must be assigned to<br />
specific Directorates within the <strong>Department</strong>, and the appropriate budget and resources<br />
must be allocated for the necessary activities to be undertaken. In some cases,<br />
however, strategic objectives relate to the work <strong>of</strong> many Directorates and functions<br />
within the <strong>Department</strong> and as a result, they are not easily allocated organizationally or in<br />
respect to budgetary programmes. Some <strong>of</strong> these crosscutting objectives are outlined in<br />
Table 3.<br />
Table 3: Cross Cutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />
Well managed schools with strong community involvement<br />
Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support services from EDOs, Subject Advisors and Special<br />
Needs Staff<br />
The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered to high<br />
priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district staff increased, and well articulated, comprehensive<br />
and accredited training programmes available<br />
Well managed education districts with strong links to municipalities and education<br />
stakeholders<br />
Improved service delivery in education: develop and implement a decentralization<br />
plan in line with the Provincial Decentralization <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP)<br />
Strengthened coordination and partnerships within the <strong>Department</strong> and with<br />
government, social partners and civil society<br />
Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service<br />
delivery<br />
Effective accountability and performance management processes for staff<br />
Incentives proved to make rural areas more attractive for educators and other public<br />
servants, e.g. access to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc.<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> role <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> enhanced by making management and<br />
administration systems work effectively<br />
Optimal provisioning and utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 15 15
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 7:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 8:<br />
HIV and AIDS considerations mainstreamed into all policies, programmes and<br />
procedures <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> that promotes the transformation agenda<br />
Social issues affecting schooling addressed<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 9:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />
Schools and departmental structures and processes established to respond<br />
adequately to the social issues which affect schools and schooling<br />
Collaborative relationships within the school community and social structures to<br />
reinforce the family and to manage social issues which affect schools<br />
A safe and healthy environment and employee wellness in the workplace<br />
Care and support for those who are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />
Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and<br />
learning at all levels<br />
A school environment and facilities that are conducive to effective education, safety,<br />
health, security and environmentally appropriate<br />
Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school building programme with publicly administered<br />
programmes which deal with poverty, unemployment and other social and economic<br />
challenges in society<br />
8.6 Monitoring and Evaluation<br />
The measurement <strong>of</strong> progress in the attainment <strong>of</strong> these goals and objectives will<br />
require policy change and formulation and the development and maintenance <strong>of</strong> a<br />
planning, evaluation, monitoring and research component within the <strong>Department</strong>. The<br />
support and upgrade <strong>of</strong> the EMIS section will ensure a strong and reliable data source is<br />
available to track and support the transformation process.<br />
9. INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO MONITOR PROGRESS<br />
Information systems to monitor progress are divided into three main components –<br />
financial information systems, operational information systems and information reporting<br />
systems. All these systems are computerised. But, in addition to the computerised<br />
information that is made available through these well established and routine IT systems<br />
in Government, the <strong>Department</strong> has put in place its own structures for research<br />
monitoring, evaluation and reporting. Together these systems and structures constitute<br />
the basic facilities for monitoring progress. Each is reviewed briefly below.<br />
9.1 Financial Information Systems<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> operates the National Treasury’s transversal systems <strong>of</strong> Persal, BAS<br />
and Logis systems for personnel and salary administration, accounting, and ordering<br />
and stores management. The Logis and BAS systems now have an interface, which<br />
means that transaction information initiated in the Logis system is transferred directly to<br />
the BAS system without the need for again capturing the data. Logis is now a web-based<br />
system. An interface also operates between the Persal and BAS systems.<br />
5 5 <strong>Year</strong> <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F 20<strong>06</strong> (6).doc Page 16 Page 16
9.2 Operational Information Systems<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> makes use <strong>of</strong> the transversal Examinations system to administer<br />
examination results.<br />
In relation to financial performance, the <strong>Department</strong> established a monthly process<br />
whereby all managers are required to present an analysis <strong>of</strong> expenditure to date against<br />
operational plan targets and projected cash flows at the Financial Committee.<br />
This process results in a report with recommendations to each manager in the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> on how to address deviations and other compliance issues. Underpinning<br />
this process are the principles outlined in the PFMA.<br />
On a quarterly basis, all senior managers meet to review programme performance which<br />
is based on their quarterly programme reports in relation to operational and strategic<br />
targets and financial data from BAS.<br />
9.3 Information Reporting Systems<br />
A provincially developed system called the Electronic Facilities Management System<br />
(EFMS) provides useful information on every school in the province. This database has<br />
five modules consisting <strong>of</strong>:<br />
1. Programme management;<br />
2. Property register showing the location <strong>of</strong> each school;<br />
3. Facilities management module which deals with projects for new schools or<br />
additional classrooms;<br />
4. Maintenance planning, which enables maintenance and rehabilitation projects to be defined;<br />
5. Property management.<br />
The transversal <strong>Education</strong> Management Information System (EMIS) is used for a range<br />
<strong>of</strong> statistics collected annually on the demographics and other indicators <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />
educators, classrooms and schools.<br />
The National Treasury’s Vulindlela system provides management information from the<br />
Persal and BAS systems in an easy-to-use, web-based format. Table 4 provides<br />
information on who monitors which responsible manager and identifies the mechanisms<br />
used to carry out this monitoring.<br />
Table 4: Responsible Managers, Monitoring Agency and Monitoring Mechanisms<br />
Responsible<br />
Manager<br />
Monitoring Agency<br />
MEC Premier/ Executive Council/<br />
Legislature / Auditor-General<br />
Provincial<br />
HOD<br />
Branch<br />
Managers<br />
Line<br />
Managers<br />
MEC<br />
HOD<br />
Branch managers<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Monitoring Mechanism<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />
Quarterly Reports<br />
Annual Reports<br />
Operational <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />
Monthly Reports<br />
Quarterly Reports<br />
Annual Reports<br />
Operational <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />
Monthly Cash flows<br />
Monthly Reports<br />
Quarterly Reports<br />
Annual Reports<br />
Operational <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />
Monthly Cash flows<br />
Procurement <strong>Plan</strong>s <br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 17 17
Monthly Reports<br />
Quarterly Reports<br />
Annual Reports<br />
10. DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS<br />
It should be noted here that this document is a revision and update <strong>of</strong> the previously published<br />
strategic plan <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/6 to 2009/10. As a result, the planning process<br />
described in this section refers to the analysis, engagements and activities which resulted in<br />
this updated version <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s plan for education within the planned period. The<br />
major components <strong>of</strong> the planning process were analysis, consultation, rationalization<br />
prioritization, plan preparation, review and approval.<br />
A reconsideration <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s strategic position was initiated by the MEC when<br />
he requested the preparation <strong>of</strong> a paper on the manner in which the <strong>Department</strong> should<br />
transform in order to fulfil its obligations and be responsive to the development<br />
circumstances <strong>of</strong> the Province. On this basis, an in-depth analysis was conducted on<br />
the circumstances <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> historically and currently in order to isolate critical<br />
problem areas which affect the overall performance <strong>of</strong> the system. The result <strong>of</strong> this<br />
investigation was the preparation <strong>of</strong> a monograph on “A Transformation Agenda” for the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>. This agenda <strong>of</strong> objectives and activities sought to overcome the problems<br />
which exist in the <strong>Department</strong> and set out a new framework for the equitable and<br />
efficient delivery <strong>of</strong> educational services. A Province-wide consultation involving all<br />
stakeholders was convened on the monograph as a basis for service “buy-in”, but more<br />
importantly as a basis for enabling stakeholders to secure a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the<br />
issues which affect education and thereby soliciting further input for the improvement.<br />
When the consultation was completed, it was evident from the input provided that the<br />
strategic plan for the <strong>Department</strong> had to be revised in order to respond to a variety <strong>of</strong><br />
issues raised and the scope <strong>of</strong> solutions rendered. Even more so, it was now more<br />
critical than before to ensure that the strategic plan <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> serve as a clear<br />
and articulated statement <strong>of</strong> the manner in which the <strong>Department</strong> seeks to meet its<br />
obligations and priorities and in the process continue to enhance its performance. A<br />
consultative process was set in place to secure input for the development <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />
A series <strong>of</strong> consultative workshops were convened involving all managerial staff <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>. These workshops sought to delineate strategic objectives for each <strong>of</strong> the<br />
strategic goals <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>, to identify measurable objectives and performance<br />
measures and to decide on organizational assignments for undertaking responsibilities<br />
under the plan. The <strong>Department</strong> sought to make the planning process both informative<br />
and empowering as a measure to enable a more in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />
However, this process also served as a vehicle to secure commitment, promote interunit<br />
collaboration and instil renewed vigour for facilitating the transformation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>.<br />
Because <strong>of</strong> the level <strong>of</strong> broad-based consultation, the number <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives<br />
generated was unmanageable. It was necessary, therefore, to engage in a<br />
rationalization and prioritization process in order to reduce the complexity <strong>of</strong> plan<br />
implementation. These objectives were reduced by shifting some objectives to<br />
performance measures, by consolidating related objectives and by eliminating objectives<br />
that were duplicative. In spite <strong>of</strong> this, all the inputs regarding the critical activities to be<br />
undertaken were retained in the presentation <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />
Managers in the <strong>Department</strong> undertook several interactions <strong>of</strong> revision and review in order to<br />
prepare the document <strong>of</strong> approval. The document was finally approved and submitted.<br />
All input was prepared in accordance with the National Treasury Guidelines. On<br />
occasions it as necessary to go beyond these guidelines so that the document will serve<br />
its purpose in enlightening and empowering <strong>of</strong>ficials in the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for to <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> 2009/10 to March 2009-10. 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 18
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 19
c o n t e n t s<br />
e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />
EDUCATION<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 20
PART B: PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME PLANS<br />
11. STRATEGIC GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND BUDGET PROGRAMMES<br />
11.1. INTRODUCTION<br />
This section <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan document presents an analysis <strong>of</strong> the respective<br />
programmes and sub-programmes that are used for budgeting and for budget allocation<br />
and management. The structure and analysis presented herein is critical for two<br />
reasons. The first is the legal requirement to comply with the budgeting and<br />
implementation frameworks provided. If programmes and programme activities are not<br />
properly presented according to the programmatic framework within which funding is<br />
received, then the likelihood for financial support for the respective programme is<br />
significantly reduced. This framework is therefore most essential to the successful<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> the strategic goals and objectives outlined. The second reason for the<br />
importance <strong>of</strong> this framework is that it gives meaning and contextualizes the strategic<br />
goals <strong>of</strong> the plan. Here the practical details <strong>of</strong> the plan are presented on each strategic<br />
objective and on each planned activity. These details provide the richness and depth<br />
that is necessary to both understand what is intended and then successfully manage<br />
implementation.<br />
In introducing the sub-programmes, however, it should be noted that an attempt was<br />
made to present and describe all information on programmes at the sub-programme<br />
level. This will allow a more detailed examination <strong>of</strong> the context and circumstances in<br />
which particular goals and objectives will be implemented, and thereby lay a sound<br />
foundation for implementation.<br />
Because <strong>of</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong> the respective sub-programmes, most <strong>of</strong> the information<br />
and analysis <strong>of</strong> sub-programmes is presented in the Annual Performance <strong>Plan</strong> (APP). In<br />
addition it should be noted that the sub-programme structure does not have an exact fit<br />
with the organizational structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> or the range <strong>of</strong> activities that are<br />
necessary to fulfil the goals and objectives outlined. To some extent therefore, it was<br />
necessary to force planned prospects and activities within the established programme<br />
and sub-programme structure.<br />
Notwithstanding, planners were relatively successful in working with the respective<br />
managers to ensure that activities and circumstances are properly represented within<br />
the programmatic structure.<br />
In this respect, five tables are presented. The first, Table 5, presents a brief outline <strong>of</strong><br />
the programme and sub-programme structure within which the planned activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> are framed. It is a listing <strong>of</strong> the programmes and the sub-programmes<br />
within them. Table 6 presents the strategic goals and objectives according to<br />
programme and sub-programme structure and accordingly to the Chief Directorates to<br />
which each objective is appropriate.<br />
Table 7 presents a brief overview <strong>of</strong> each programme noting the objectives and the<br />
technical boundaries in terms <strong>of</strong> goals, services and payments that are allowable. Table<br />
8 presents an overview <strong>of</strong> policies, priorities and constraints in the respective<br />
programmes and sub-programmes. Further a more detailed analysis and plan for the<br />
respective sub-programmes appears in the Annual Performance <strong>Plan</strong> (APP).<br />
A more detailed description is provided for each <strong>of</strong> the tables presented.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 2119
Table 5: Programmes and Sub-Programmes Structure for the <strong>Department</strong><br />
Programme<br />
1. Administration<br />
2. Public Ordinary<br />
School <strong>Education</strong><br />
Sub-programme<br />
1.1. Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />
1.2. Corporate Services<br />
1.3. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />
1.4. Human Resource Development<br />
1.5. Conditional Grants<br />
1.6. <strong>Education</strong> Management Information Systems (EMIS)<br />
2.1. Public Primary Schools<br />
2.2. Public Secondary Schools<br />
2.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
2.4. Human Resource Development<br />
2.5. In-school Sport and Culture<br />
2.6. Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />
3.1. Primary Phase<br />
3. Independent<br />
School Subsidies 3.2. Secondary Phase<br />
4. Public Special 4.1. Schools<br />
School <strong>Education</strong> 4.2. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
4.3. Human Resource Development<br />
4.4. In-school Sport and Culture<br />
5. Further<br />
<strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Training<br />
6. Adult Basic<br />
<strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Training<br />
7. Early<br />
Childhood<br />
Development<br />
8. Auxiliary and<br />
Associated<br />
Services<br />
4.5. Conditional Grants<br />
5.1. Public Institutions<br />
5.2. Youth Colleges<br />
5.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
5.4. Human Resource Development<br />
5.5. In-college Sport and Culture<br />
5.6. Conditional Grants<br />
6.1. Public Centres<br />
6.2. Subsidies to Private Centres<br />
6.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
6.4. Human Resource Development<br />
6.5. Conditional Grants<br />
7.1. Grade R in Public Schools<br />
7.2. Grade R in Community Centres<br />
7.3. Pre-Grade R<br />
7.4. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
7.5. Human Resource Development<br />
7.6. Conditional Grants<br />
8.1. Payments to SETA<br />
8.2. Conditional Grant Projects (HIV and Aids)<br />
8.3. Special Projects<br />
8.4. External Examinations<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (7).doc Page 20 22
11.2. <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives with Sub-Programme and Chief Directorate<br />
Assignment<br />
All strategic goals and objectives must fit within designated sub-programmes to be<br />
funded, and they must be assigned to Directorates and Chief Directorates responsible<br />
for their implementation. In order to present a more comprehensive overview <strong>of</strong><br />
objectives as they are assigned to sub-programmes and to the respective Directorates,<br />
Table 6 is presented as a summary. It should be noted here that each objective may be<br />
assigned to multiple sub-programmes and to more than one Directorate or Chief<br />
Directorates. When objectives are further broken down into measurable objectives and<br />
performance measures, however, then assignments may be made with a bit more<br />
specificity.<br />
Special emphasis must be placed on the manner in which different Directorates<br />
collaborate in order to undertake particular assignments related to a single strategic<br />
objective. This is necessary so as to avoid duplication, confusion and inefficient use <strong>of</strong><br />
available resources.<br />
In order to acquire a fuller understanding <strong>of</strong> the context and circumstances <strong>of</strong> particular<br />
initiatives to be undertaken, it will be instructive to reflect on Directorate assignments in<br />
reviewing the various sub-programmes which will be described later in this chapter.<br />
Table 6:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goals & Objectives, Programme/Sub-Programme & Chief Directorate<br />
Assignment<br />
STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />
REFERENCE<br />
CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />
Goal 1: Equity in educational achievements for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender, disability and<br />
geographic location<br />
1.1 Increased admission,<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
participation, progression and success<br />
rates in ECD, GET and FET including<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
rural learners, girls and LSEN<br />
4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> District Coordination & Management<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development <br />
1.2 Targeted and preferential funding<br />
to enhance achievement prospects for<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring &<br />
Evaluation<br />
the most disadvantaged learners and 2.2 Public Secondary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
communities<br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development District Coordination & Management<br />
1.3 Improved enrolment, participation 2.1 Corporate Services Institutional Development & Support<br />
and performance in Mathematics,<br />
Science and Technology and<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools District Coordination & Management<br />
Economic Management Sciences, 2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
particularly amongst girls and rural 5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
learners<br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
1.4 Increased access to and utilization 2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
for ICTs also in rural schools, in order<br />
to exploit the transformative equalizing<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools District Coordination & Management<br />
potential <strong>of</strong> e<strong>Education</strong> 2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
1.5 High quality relevant teaching and<br />
learning materials and equipment<br />
reach the poorest schools<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Curriculum Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Supply Chain Management<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services <br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 23 21
STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />
REFERENCE<br />
CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />
Goal 2: All school learners equipped with skills for further employment (including self-employment),<br />
training and participation in society<br />
2.1 Potential <strong>of</strong> GET and FET<br />
learners increased for employment<br />
and self-employment through<br />
improved skills, especially in<br />
Mathematics, science, technology and<br />
ICT<br />
2.2 School and FET learners with<br />
skills in line with economic and social<br />
needs through a relevant and well<br />
supported curriculum and well trained<br />
teachers<br />
2.3 Increased access, throughput and<br />
success through quality, relevant<br />
learning programmes in well resourced<br />
FET colleges<br />
2.4 Potential <strong>of</strong> FET learners<br />
increased for employment and selfemployment<br />
through improved linkage<br />
to key government initiatives and skills<br />
training programmes<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
Curriculum Management<br />
<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
Goal 3: Improved quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all educational levels throughout the Province<br />
3.1 Integrated implementation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
curriculum coordinated and supported<br />
in accordance with national policies<br />
3.2 Developed and supported a<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essional, committed and well<br />
trained teaching corps<br />
3.3 Teacher utilization and<br />
performance improved and managed<br />
3.4 A quality foundation for teaching<br />
and learning provided and supported<br />
through self managing and well<br />
resourced ECD Centres and Schools<br />
3.5 Increased literacy and relevant<br />
skills through high quality ABET<br />
programmes<br />
3.6 Access to quality teaching and<br />
learning for LSEN in accordance with<br />
the policy and principles <strong>of</strong> inclusive<br />
education<br />
3.7 Enhanced integration <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />
AIDS and life skills into and across the<br />
curriculum<br />
3.8 Improved literacy and pr<strong>of</strong>iciency<br />
in the language <strong>of</strong> learning and<br />
teaching (LoLT)<br />
1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management Curriculum Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools District Coordination & Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
1.2 Human Resource Development Curriculum Management<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services District Coordination & Management<br />
2.4 Human Resource Development<br />
1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
6.1 Early Childhood Development<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Institutional Development & Support<br />
7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development<br />
6.1 and 6.2 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
Curriculum Management<br />
4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS)<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 22 Page 24
STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />
REFERENCE<br />
Goal 4: Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />
4.1 Well managed schools with strong<br />
community involvement<br />
4.2 Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support<br />
services from EDOs, Subject Advisors<br />
and Special Needs Staff<br />
4.3 The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training<br />
and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered<br />
to high priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district<br />
staff increased, and well articulated,<br />
comprehensive and accredited training<br />
programmes available<br />
4.4 Well managed education districts<br />
with strong links to municipalities and<br />
education stakeholders<br />
4.5 Improved service delivery in<br />
education: develop and implement a<br />
decentralization plan in line with the<br />
Provincial Decentralization <strong>Plan</strong><br />
(PGDP)<br />
4.6 Strengthened coordination and<br />
partnerships within the <strong>Department</strong><br />
and with government, social partners<br />
and civil society<br />
CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />
1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management District Coordination & Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />
1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management District Coordination & Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services <br />
1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />
1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Human Resource Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Curriculum Management<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
1.2 Corporate Services District Development and Support<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools <br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />
1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />
1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management Institutional Development & Support<br />
Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
Human Resource Management<br />
Financial Management<br />
1.1 Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management monitoring &<br />
Evaluation<br />
4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> Institutional Development & Support<br />
Goal 5: Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service delivery are enhanced<br />
5.1 Strong, locally-based corporate<br />
services established in District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />
1.2 Corporate Services<br />
Human Resource Management<br />
Financial Management<br />
Supply Chain Management<br />
5.2 Effective performance<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Curriculum Management<br />
management and accountability<br />
processes for all employees<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Human Resource Management<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
5.3 Incentives proved to make rural 1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />
areas more attractive for educators<br />
and other public servants, e.g. access<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc. 2.2 Public Secondary Schools Human Resource Management<br />
5.4 <strong>Strategic</strong> role <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />
enhanced by making management<br />
and administration systems work<br />
effectively<br />
5.5 Optimal provisioning and<br />
utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Human Resource Management<br />
Financial Management <br />
Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Human Resource Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training District Coordination & Management <br />
6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />
7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development <br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 25 23
STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
5.6 HIV and AIDS considerations<br />
mainstreamed into all policies,<br />
programmes and procedures <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong><br />
5.7 <strong>Strategic</strong> management <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> that promotes the<br />
Transformation Agenda<br />
PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />
REFERENCE<br />
CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />
Evaluation<br />
Goal 6: Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school system in order to balance access and efficiency<br />
6.1 Realignment <strong>of</strong> schools to comply<br />
with the national phases (Grade 1-7<br />
Primary, Grade 8-12 secondary)<br />
6.2 School construction redirected in<br />
order to facilitate reconfiguration<br />
6.3 Subsidized scholar transport<br />
(including bicycles) and/or<br />
accommodation <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />
particularly at secondary level in order<br />
to achieve higher enrolments per<br />
school<br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />
Evaluation<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools District Coordination & Management <br />
1.2 Corporate Services Physical resource Management and IS<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools <br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />
Goal 7: Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to maximize discretionary support to strategic<br />
priorities<br />
7.1 Appropriate determination <strong>of</strong> postbaskets<br />
and ensuring that every staff<br />
member is optimally utilized<br />
7.2 Closely managed appointment <strong>of</strong><br />
additional staff so that resources can<br />
be freed up for non-personnel<br />
expenditure intended to improve<br />
quality and service delivery meeting<br />
nationally set targets for personnel :<br />
non-personnel expenditure<br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />
Evaluation<br />
Human Resource Management<br />
Financial Management<br />
1.2 Corporate Services<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />
Evaluation<br />
Human Resource Management<br />
Financial Management<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
7.3 Carefully targeted additional<br />
resources to improve physical<br />
facilities, increase supply <strong>of</strong> teaching<br />
and learning resources and equipment<br />
to schools, to train, develop and<br />
support existing personnel better, and<br />
to implement the norms and standards<br />
for school funding<br />
1.2 Corporate Services<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />
Evaluation<br />
Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
Financial Management<br />
7.4 International and local donor<br />
community harnessed as partners in<br />
education delivery and access<br />
additional resources<br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />
Evaluation<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools Financial Management<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
Goal 8: Social issues affecting schooling are addressed<br />
8.1 Schools and departmental<br />
structures and processes established<br />
to respond adequately to the social<br />
issues which affect schools and<br />
schooling<br />
8.2 Collaborative relationships within<br />
the school community and social<br />
structures to reinforce the family and<br />
to manage social issues which affect<br />
schools<br />
8.3 A safe and healthy environment<br />
and employee wellness in the<br />
2.6 Conditional Grants (SNP) Institutional Development & Support<br />
4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />
1.2 Corporate Services Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />
1.2 Corporate Services Institutional Development & Support<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 24 Page 26
STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
workplace<br />
8.4 A new model developed and<br />
introduced for the school nutrition<br />
programme which involves community<br />
participation through cooperatives<br />
8.5 Care and support for those who<br />
are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />
PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />
REFERENCE<br />
CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools Human Resource Management<br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />
1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
2.6 Conditional Grants (SNP) Supply Chain Management<br />
<br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
Goal 9: Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and learning at all levels<br />
9.1 Adequate school buildings<br />
appropriately placed and conducive to<br />
teaching, learning and administration<br />
9.2 A school environment and<br />
facilities that are conducive to effective<br />
education, safety, health, security and<br />
environmentally appropriate<br />
9.3 Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school<br />
building programme with publicly<br />
administered programmes which deal<br />
with poverty, unemployment and other<br />
social and economic challenges in<br />
society<br />
9.4 FET colleges properly upgraded<br />
and recapitalized in order to respond<br />
to labour market needs<br />
9.5 <strong>Education</strong> District Offices<br />
upgraded to provide adequate space<br />
and facilities<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
2.1 Public Primary Schools<br />
2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />
8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />
1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />
1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />
District Coordination and Management<br />
11.3.Focus and Limits <strong>of</strong> Sub-Programmes<br />
Table 7 presents an overview <strong>of</strong> programmes and sub-programmes with brief notes on the<br />
objective <strong>of</strong> the programme, and the goods, services and payments which could be<br />
legitimately considered within the authority <strong>of</strong> the respective programme. This information<br />
is included for two reasons. First, it was one <strong>of</strong> the underlying sentiments <strong>of</strong> the strategic<br />
planning process that the structure and content <strong>of</strong> the plan document must be reader<br />
friendly, accessible and readily understood by all <strong>of</strong>ficials in the <strong>Department</strong> and by the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>’s stakeholders. During the planning process, there was some confusion<br />
among a few staff members regarding the limits <strong>of</strong> particular programmes and subprogrammes<br />
for accommodating some activities.<br />
The second reason for presenting this table is to create a more in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong><br />
the purpose and structure <strong>of</strong> funding within the <strong>Department</strong> among the entire<br />
<strong>Department</strong>’s staff.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 27 25
Table 7: Overview <strong>of</strong> Programmes Listing <strong>of</strong> Respective Programmes and Sub-Programmes<br />
Programme<br />
Programme 1<br />
Administration<br />
Objective:<br />
To provide overall management <strong>of</strong> the education system in<br />
accordance with the National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, The public<br />
Finance Management Act, and other policies.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes publicly funded goods and services, in particular educators,<br />
non-educators and <strong>of</strong>fice items, utilized for governance,<br />
management, research and administration, as well as general <strong>of</strong>fice<br />
services, e.g. cleaning and security services, if utilized in the<br />
provincial head <strong>of</strong>fice and its subsidiary regional, district and circuit<br />
<strong>of</strong>fices.<br />
Programme 2<br />
Public Ordinary Schools <strong>Education</strong><br />
Objective:<br />
To provide public ordinary education from Grades 1 to 12 in<br />
accordance with the South African Schools Act.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to the<br />
provisioning <strong>of</strong> Grade 1 to Grade 12 education in public ordinary<br />
schools. Both goods and services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>,<br />
and transfer payments to Section 21 schools from the state are<br />
included here.<br />
Programme 3<br />
Independent School Subsidies<br />
Objective:<br />
To support independent schools in accordance with the South<br />
African Schools Act.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes transfer payments to independent schools in accordance<br />
with the Norms and Standards for School Funding to support the<br />
provisioning <strong>of</strong> goods and services required for education in those<br />
schools.<br />
Programme 4<br />
Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />
Objective:<br />
To provide compulsory public education in special schools in<br />
accordance with the South African Schools Act and White Paper 6<br />
on inclusive education.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to the<br />
provisioning <strong>of</strong> Grades R to 12 education public special schools.<br />
Both goods and services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and those<br />
purchased by schools using transfer payments from the state are<br />
included here.<br />
Subprogramme<br />
1.1. Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />
1.2. Corporate Services<br />
1.3. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />
1.4. Human Resource Development<br />
1.5. Conditional Grants<br />
1.6. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />
Information Systems (EMIS)<br />
2.1. Public Primary Schools<br />
2.2. Public Secondary Schools<br />
2.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
2.4. Human Resource Development<br />
2.5. In-school Sport and Culture<br />
2.6. Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />
3.1 Primary Phase<br />
3.2 Secondary Phase<br />
4.1. Schools<br />
4.2. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
4.3. Human Resource Development<br />
4.4. In-school Sport and Culture<br />
4.5. Conditional Grants<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 March F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 26 Page 28
Programme<br />
Programme 5<br />
Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Objective:<br />
To provide Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training (FET) at public FET<br />
colleges in accordance with the Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes all publicly funded goods and services used for the<br />
provisioning <strong>of</strong> education in FET colleges and FET youth colleges.<br />
Both goods and services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and transfer<br />
payments to colleges from the state are included here.<br />
Programme 6<br />
Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Objective:<br />
To provide Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training (ABET) in<br />
accordance with the Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> Act.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes all publicly funded goods and services utilized at ABET<br />
sites to <strong>of</strong>fer adults basic education and training. Both goods and<br />
services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and any transfer payments<br />
from the state to ABET sites are included here.<br />
Programme 7<br />
Early Childhood Development<br />
Objective:<br />
To provide Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (ECD) at the Grade R and<br />
earlier levels in accordance with White Paper 5.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to Grade R<br />
and earlier levels at any sites or school. Both goods and services<br />
purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and transfer payment from the state<br />
are included here.<br />
Programme 8<br />
Auxiliary and Associated Services<br />
Objective:<br />
To provide the education institutions as a whole with training and<br />
support.<br />
Goods, Services and Payments included<br />
Includes all funds utilized for support to institutions where they do<br />
not easily fall under any <strong>of</strong> the programmes from 2 to 7, or where<br />
they relate to departmentally run examinations.<br />
Subprogramme<br />
5.1. Public Institutions<br />
5.2. Youth Colleges<br />
5.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
5.4. Human Resource Development<br />
5.5. In-college Sport and Culture<br />
5.6. Conditional Grants<br />
6.1. Public Centres<br />
6.2. Subsidies to Private Centres<br />
6.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
6.4. Human Resource Development<br />
6.5. Conditional Grants<br />
7.1. Grade R in Public Schools<br />
7.2. Grade R in Community Centres<br />
7.3. Pre-Grade R<br />
7.4. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
7.5. Human Resource Development<br />
7.6. Conditional Grants<br />
8.1. Payments to SETA<br />
8.2. Conditional Grant Projects (HIV<br />
and Aids)<br />
8.3. Special Projects<br />
8.4. External Examinations<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 29 27
11.4. Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Programmes and Sub-<br />
Programmes<br />
Each sub-programme is unique in terms <strong>of</strong> its objectives and activities and the context<br />
and circumstances which affect delivery. It is essential therefore to have a general<br />
overview <strong>of</strong> the respective sub-programmes in order to place the essential details <strong>of</strong> the<br />
sub-programme in its correct perspective. Table 8 <strong>of</strong> this section presents a general<br />
overview <strong>of</strong> each sub-programme. The overview reviews the purpose <strong>of</strong> the subprogramme,<br />
sketches its transformational focus, outlines its key policies and priorities<br />
and lists the key challenges and constraints which affect the programme’s operation. In<br />
effect, the essentials <strong>of</strong> the sub-programme are briefly sketched to enable ease <strong>of</strong><br />
understanding.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the critical features <strong>of</strong> the presentation here is the transformational focus <strong>of</strong> the<br />
sub-programme. This content seeks to explain the relevance <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s<br />
Transformational Agenda to the content, structure and activities <strong>of</strong> the respective subprogrammes.<br />
Asserting the transformational focus in this manner is essential. This<br />
focus seeks to establish the fact that the activities undertaken are neither routine nor<br />
insignificant. They are directed toward a particular purpose in ensuring redress,<br />
promoting equity or accelerating development in a particular area <strong>of</strong> social, cultural or<br />
economic need.<br />
The table seeks to serve as a constant reminder to <strong>of</strong>ficials that transformation is the<br />
intent and focus <strong>of</strong> the implementation process and that in spite <strong>of</strong> all, the circumstances<br />
<strong>of</strong> the disadvantaged and marginalized must change as a result <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
Table 8: Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Respective Programmes and Sub-<br />
Programmes<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
PROGRAMME 1<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 1.1<br />
Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide for the functioning <strong>of</strong><br />
the Office <strong>of</strong> the Member <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Executive Council (MEC) for<br />
<strong>Education</strong>.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The Transformational Agenda <strong>of</strong><br />
the <strong>Department</strong> was conceived and<br />
initiated by the MEC. The MEC’s<br />
Office facility may undertake the<br />
responsibility to track and monitor<br />
progress in respect to this Agenda.<br />
Critical grounding initiatives with<br />
stakeholders, the legislature and<br />
leadership in other departments<br />
may be undertaken from the MEC’<br />
Office in order to clear a path for<br />
advancing the Agenda.<br />
The policies for which the MEC’s<br />
Office takes responsibility are<br />
detailed in the Section on<br />
Legislative and other Mandates. In<br />
essence, the MEC’s Office takes<br />
responsibility for all legislative and<br />
other mandates which affect the<br />
planning, design and delivery <strong>of</strong><br />
education services in the Province.<br />
Chief among them are the Pubic<br />
Service Act, 2004 and Regulations<br />
(2004), the South African Schools<br />
Act, 1996, the Employment <strong>of</strong><br />
Educators Act, 1998 and the Public<br />
Finance Management Act, 1999.<br />
The priorities <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> are<br />
to stabilize its administrative<br />
structures, fill critical posts which<br />
will ensure effective performance<br />
and service delivery and implement<br />
The strained relations between<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> and SADTU.<br />
Slow progress in the<br />
establishment <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Advisory Council <br />
Slow take <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> Community<br />
Liaison Programmes<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> a fully staffed Customer<br />
Care Unit<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 28 Page 30
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
a transformational agenda for<br />
education in the Province which will<br />
ensure equity, quality and<br />
efficiency in the educational<br />
services rendered. These priorities<br />
are specified in the strategic goals<br />
and objectives outlined.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 1.2<br />
Corporate Services<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide management services<br />
which are not education specific for<br />
the education system.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The Transformational Agenda will<br />
only be served if there is a shift in<br />
the manner <strong>of</strong> deployment <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>’s resources so as to<br />
promote equity and advance the<br />
welfare <strong>of</strong> marginalized groups. A<br />
case has been made for the<br />
disproportional allocation <strong>of</strong><br />
resources to achieve equitable<br />
ends. The Transformation Agenda<br />
must be driven by a resource<br />
allocation strategy that is sensitive<br />
to the Agenda’s goals and<br />
objectives<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 1.3<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Management<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide education management<br />
services for the education system.<br />
All <strong>of</strong> the policies relating to<br />
education and the public service<br />
affect the operations in Corporate<br />
Services. The primary policies<br />
which govern the activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Corporate Services function are as<br />
follows: The PFMA and Supply<br />
Chain Management Code <strong>of</strong><br />
Conduct; the Public Service Act<br />
and Regulations, the Employment<br />
Equity Act and the Occupational<br />
Health and Safety Act among<br />
others. The primary priorities <strong>of</strong><br />
Corporate Services are defined in<br />
strategic goals 5 and 7 as outlined<br />
below:<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 5: The<br />
establishment and performance <strong>of</strong><br />
systems and processes for<br />
enhanced service delivery.<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 7: Balanced funding<br />
and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to<br />
maximize discretionary support to<br />
strategic priorities<br />
The District Cluster Chief<br />
Directorates, through the District<br />
Offices, take responsibility for all<br />
the policies which affect schools<br />
and schooling<br />
Financial Management Services<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> support from social partners<br />
in the redeployment <strong>of</strong> Educators<br />
Low Skill Levels among Finance<br />
Staff<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> proper supporting<br />
documentation for ledger balances<br />
<br />
Human Resource Management<br />
There is lack <strong>of</strong> a sufficient number<br />
<strong>of</strong> support staff in the respective<br />
Directorates. Offices are understaffed<br />
and as a result critical functions cannot<br />
be effectively undertaken. <br />
Delay in the implementation <strong>of</strong><br />
sanctions, debt recovery and<br />
finalization <strong>of</strong> appeals<br />
The growing impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />
AIDS on service delivery and the dire<br />
need for effective Employees<br />
Assistance Programme (EAP)<br />
Information Technology<br />
Service interruptions from virus<br />
activity<br />
Scarce skills in IT for senior<br />
technical staff<br />
Low skills capacity among staff<br />
<strong>Education</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>ning and<br />
Monitoring<br />
No policy register for public and<br />
internal policies<br />
<br />
Cluster A<br />
Shortages <strong>of</strong> staff.<br />
Heavy reliance on temporary<br />
educators for grade 12 and<br />
shortages in critical subjects.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 Feb 20<strong>06</strong> 2.doc Page 31 29
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
This programme is constituted <strong>of</strong><br />
the <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />
Services provided by the <strong>Education</strong><br />
Development and Support Chief<br />
Directorates for District Clusters.<br />
The role played by the District<br />
Cluster Chief Directorate is critical.<br />
Transformation must occur at the<br />
level <strong>of</strong> Districts and schools. It is<br />
essential that specific performance<br />
measures for key transformation<br />
initiatives at the District and school<br />
levels be defined, specified,<br />
delegated and tracked. The<br />
Cluster Chief Directorates are<br />
critical in ensuring that<br />
transformation objectives are met.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
Network / data line problems<br />
Some schools were found to be<br />
lagging behind the prescribed<br />
percentage coverage <strong>of</strong> the<br />
syllabus by the time common<br />
papers we written in June. <br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice space for some<br />
districts leading in very extreme<br />
cases, to the District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />
occupying five different properties<br />
e.g. Mt Fletcher.<br />
Cluster B<br />
Non compliance with the<br />
Admission Policy. <br />
Cluster C<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> facilities for school<br />
transport in light <strong>of</strong> the moratorium<br />
by the Province on the use <strong>of</strong> light<br />
vehicles for transporting scholars.<br />
Inadequate funding for Norms &<br />
Standards<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 1.4<br />
Human Resource Development<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide human resource<br />
development for <strong>of</strong>fice-based staff.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
HRD is one <strong>of</strong> the critical vehicles<br />
for enabling capacity to support the<br />
Transformation Agenda. Without<br />
qualified staff to lead, manage and<br />
support institutions in undertaking<br />
their responsibilities, there will be<br />
little capacity to realise the<br />
objectives <strong>of</strong> transformation. As<br />
noted in the constraints reviewed,<br />
one <strong>of</strong> the critical deficiencies in<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> is the shortage <strong>of</strong><br />
key staff in roles which adds<br />
significant value to its strategic<br />
agenda.<br />
This is addressed as one aspect <strong>of</strong> subprogramme<br />
1.2: Corporate Services<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 30 Page 32
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose Transformational Focus<br />
- SUB-PROGRAMME Transformational Focus 1.5<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME Conditional Grants 1.5<br />
Conditional Grants<br />
Purpose:<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide for projects under<br />
To programme provide for 1 specified projects under by the<br />
programme department <strong>of</strong> 1 specified <strong>Education</strong> by and the<br />
department funded by conditional <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> grants and<br />
funded by conditional grants<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
OF CHALLENGES<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
The critical grants are addressed under subprogrammes<br />
The critical 2.6 grants (SNP) are and addressed 8.2 (HIV/AIDS). under Other subprogrammes<br />
conditional grants 2.6 in (SNP) the <strong>Department</strong> and 8.2 (HIV/AIDS). are rollovers. Other<br />
conditional grants in the <strong>Department</strong> are rollovers.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
Transformational This is addressed under Focus: subprogrammes<br />
is addressed 2.6 and under 8.2 sub-<br />
This<br />
programmes 2.6 and 8.2<br />
Quality Assurance<br />
Quality Assurance<br />
Purpose:<br />
Purpose: This sub-programme aims to<br />
This provide sub-programme total quality management<br />
aims to<br />
provide throughout total the quality <strong>Department</strong>. management<br />
throughout the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
Its purpose is to develop integrated<br />
Its quality purpose management is to develop process integrated<br />
quality systems management to enhance good process<br />
systems governance to enhance at all levels good <strong>of</strong> the<br />
governance <strong>Department</strong> in at collaboration all levels <strong>of</strong> the with<br />
<strong>Department</strong> Local, Provincial collaboration and National with<br />
Local, Governments Provincial as and appropriate. National<br />
Governments as appropriate.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
Transformational Total quality management Focus: needs to<br />
Total be approached quality management and implemented needs to<br />
be as an approached integral part and <strong>of</strong> implemented<br />
strategic<br />
as management integral in part the <strong>of</strong> <strong>Department</strong>. strategic<br />
management Quality assurance in the has <strong>Department</strong>. an overall<br />
Quality effect on assurance the performance has overall <strong>of</strong> the<br />
effect system on as the a whole. performance There <strong>of</strong> must the be<br />
system a developmental as a whole. approach There must to be<br />
a quality developmental assurance approach so that the to<br />
quality deficiencies assurance are remedied so that the through<br />
deficiencies feedback from are evaluations remedied through that are<br />
feedback conducted from and evaluations through a variety that are <strong>of</strong><br />
conducted developmental and interventions through a variety that <strong>of</strong><br />
developmental will enhance performance interventions <strong>of</strong> that each<br />
will participant. enhance performance <strong>of</strong> each<br />
participant.<br />
The following are the priorities to<br />
The be advanced: following are the priorities to<br />
be<br />
Increasing<br />
advanced:<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> Whole<br />
School Increasing Evaluation the number (WSE) <strong>of</strong> Whole<br />
School supervisors Evaluation to correspond (WSE) with the<br />
supervisors number <strong>of</strong> schools to correspond in the Province with the<br />
number that the sub-programme <strong>of</strong> schools in the has Province to<br />
that externally the sub-programme evaluate has to<br />
externally evaluate<br />
Adjustment <strong>of</strong> the equitable share<br />
for Adjustment the sub-programme <strong>of</strong> the equitable to cover share all<br />
for the the mandates sub-programme that the subprogramme<br />
mandates has that to the deliver sub-on.programme<br />
has to deliver on.<br />
to cover all<br />
the<br />
Provision <strong>of</strong> infrastructural needs<br />
for Provision the full complement <strong>of</strong> infrastructural (as in needs the<br />
for current the full organogram) complement <strong>of</strong> (as the in staff the at<br />
current Head Office organogram) and aligning <strong>of</strong> the the staff at<br />
Head functioning Office <strong>of</strong> and the aligning District Quality the<br />
functioning Assurance units <strong>of</strong> the with District that Quality <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Assurance Provincial Directorate units with that <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Provincial Directorate<br />
Need for integration with IQMS in<br />
particular Need for and integration overall performance<br />
with IQMS in<br />
particular management and in overall general performance – linking<br />
management WSE, District in Office general evaluation – linking and<br />
WSE, Provincial District <strong>Department</strong> Office evaluation and<br />
Provincial <strong>Department</strong> evaluation<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> staffing. Too many posts<br />
are Lack still <strong>of</strong> vacant staffing. Too many posts<br />
are Grade still vacant 6 Systematic Evaluation<br />
report Grade not 6 yet Systematic published Evaluation<br />
report not yet published<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> secure <strong>of</strong>fice and storage<br />
space Lack for <strong>of</strong> secure effective <strong>of</strong>fice management and storage <strong>of</strong><br />
space quality for assurance effective management <strong>of</strong><br />
quality assurance<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 Feb 2.doc Page 31<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 Feb 20<strong>06</strong> 2.doc Page 33 31
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 1.6<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Management<br />
Information Systems (EMIS)<br />
Purpose:<br />
To determine resource targeting,<br />
provide and render EMIS support.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
It will be the task <strong>of</strong> EMIS to assist<br />
with the monitoring <strong>of</strong> strategic<br />
objectives as set out in the<br />
Transformation Agenda for the<br />
Eastern Cape.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
The primary policy under which<br />
EMIS functions is the National<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 and the<br />
newly adopted <strong>Education</strong><br />
Information Policy. Other Acts and<br />
policies are:<br />
The Promotion <strong>of</strong> Access to<br />
Information Act, 2000<br />
The Statistics Act, 1999<br />
The priorities <strong>of</strong> EMIS are:<br />
to ensure that accurate and<br />
reliable management information is<br />
available for managers<br />
to establish an integrated national<br />
education management information<br />
system that includes data collection<br />
and reporting from institutional to<br />
national level<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff<br />
Slow return rate <strong>of</strong> survey forms<br />
No dedicated EMIS <strong>of</strong>ficials at<br />
District level<br />
<br />
<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
to develop appropriate<br />
administrative and management<br />
systems that will bring about<br />
improvement <strong>of</strong> the quality <strong>of</strong><br />
education including data accuracy,<br />
relevance and the timeliness<br />
starting at school level to national<br />
level<br />
to develop the necessary<br />
capacity including human and<br />
hardware resources to manage<br />
information within the system<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 32 Page 34
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
PROGRAMME 2<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 2.1<br />
Public Primary Schools<br />
Purpose:<br />
The overall objective <strong>of</strong> programme<br />
2 is to provide public ordinary<br />
school education for grades 1-12 in<br />
accordance with the South African<br />
Schools Act. Sub-programme 2.1<br />
is directed at Public Primary<br />
Schools. The objective <strong>of</strong> this<br />
programme is to provide specific<br />
public primary ordinary schools<br />
with resources required for the<br />
Grades 1 to 7.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The primary strategic goals in the<br />
Transformation Agenda are<br />
associated with schools. Equity in<br />
educational achievement for all<br />
learners, equipping all school<br />
learners with skills for further<br />
employment and improved quality<br />
<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all<br />
levels are all critical initiatives that<br />
are focused on schools. The<br />
essence here is to ensure that<br />
learners in the system are not<br />
disadvantaged academically<br />
because <strong>of</strong> their social or economic<br />
status, or because <strong>of</strong> their gender,<br />
disabilities or geographic location.<br />
There has always been a concern<br />
for high quality in educational<br />
delivery. The concern now is that<br />
all should benefit from this quality.<br />
To a greater or lesser extent, the<br />
activities <strong>of</strong> sub-programme 2.1 are<br />
governed by all policies as set out<br />
in Section 7 <strong>of</strong> this document. The<br />
most pertinent among those<br />
policies are: The South African<br />
Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />
1996), The National <strong>Education</strong><br />
Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong><br />
1996) and the Eastern Cape<br />
Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act, 1999 (Act<br />
No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999). These policies are<br />
set within a network <strong>of</strong> other<br />
relevant policies, mandates and<br />
regulations that are critical to<br />
education and to the public sector<br />
as a whole. Among the critical<br />
priorities for public primary schools<br />
are the following:<br />
Implementing the norms and<br />
standards for school funding to<br />
provide adequate funding<br />
Capacity building in the area <strong>of</strong><br />
school management, especially<br />
financial control, management and<br />
leadership skills<br />
Rationalisation <strong>of</strong> small schools<br />
into viable larger schools which<br />
can be more adequately resourced<br />
Refinement and development <strong>of</strong><br />
policy for establishment and<br />
disestablishment <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Integrated<br />
Quality Management System<br />
Addressing the language policy<br />
in schools to improve the pass rate<br />
Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy for home<br />
schooling<br />
Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy on scholar<br />
transport<br />
Refinement <strong>of</strong> admissions<br />
policies<br />
Enhancement <strong>of</strong> policy on hostel<br />
management <br />
Provision <strong>of</strong> school infrastructure<br />
and facilities<br />
To ensure equity in educational<br />
achievement for all learners<br />
regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender and<br />
urban/rural location<br />
Inadequate resourcing <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> funding for Norms &<br />
Standards<br />
Inadequate educational<br />
provisioning for small schools that<br />
are economically viable<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> governance and<br />
management capacity among SGB<br />
members, especially in rural<br />
schools<br />
Many Section 21 Schools are<br />
unable to manage their<br />
responsibilities. Many have<br />
requested reversion to their<br />
Section 20 status. One aspect <strong>of</strong><br />
the problem is the lack <strong>of</strong> funds to<br />
fully support all schools with<br />
Section 21 status.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 35 33
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 2.2<br />
Public Secondary Schools<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide specific public<br />
secondary ordinary schools with<br />
resources required for the Grades<br />
8 to 12 levels.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The primary strategic goals in the<br />
Transformation Agenda are<br />
associated with schools. Equity in<br />
educational achievement for all<br />
learners, equipping all school<br />
learners with skills for further<br />
employment and improved quality<br />
<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all<br />
levels are all critical initiatives that<br />
are focused on schools. The<br />
essence here is to ensure that<br />
learners in the system are not<br />
disadvantaged academically<br />
because <strong>of</strong> their social or economic<br />
status, or because <strong>of</strong> their gender,<br />
disabilities or geographic location.<br />
There has always been a concern<br />
for high quality in educational<br />
delivery. The concern now is that<br />
all should benefit from this quality.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
Strategy to convert all schools to<br />
Section 21 schools by 201.<br />
Increasing the number <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
able to attain section 21 status and<br />
capacitating all schools to manage<br />
themselves as Section 21 Schools<br />
To a greater or lesser extent, the<br />
activities <strong>of</strong> sub-programme 2.1 are<br />
governed by all policies as set out<br />
in Section 7 <strong>of</strong> this document. The<br />
most pertinent among those<br />
policies are: The South African<br />
Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />
1996), The National <strong>Education</strong><br />
Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong><br />
1996) and the Eastern Cape<br />
Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act, 1999 (Act<br />
No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999). These policies are<br />
set within a network <strong>of</strong> other<br />
relevant policies, mandates and<br />
regulations that are critical to<br />
education and to the public sector<br />
as a whole. Among the critical<br />
priorities for public primary schools<br />
are the following:<br />
Implementing the norms and<br />
standards for school funding to<br />
provide adequate funding<br />
Capacity building in the area <strong>of</strong><br />
school management, especially<br />
financial control, management and<br />
leadership skills<br />
Rationalisation <strong>of</strong> small schools<br />
into viable larger schools which<br />
can be more adequately resourced<br />
Refinement and development <strong>of</strong><br />
policy for establishment and<br />
disestablishment <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Integrated<br />
Quality Management System<br />
Addressing the language policy<br />
in schools to improve the pass rate<br />
Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy for home<br />
schooling<br />
Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy on scholar<br />
transport<br />
Refinement <strong>of</strong> admissions<br />
policies<br />
Enhancement <strong>of</strong> policy on hostel<br />
management<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
<br />
<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> capacity to govern<br />
among SGB Members<br />
Absence <strong>of</strong> proper systems for<br />
financial management and control<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> HR capacity in schools<br />
and for the support <strong>of</strong> schools.<br />
Critical areas <strong>of</strong> concern are lack <strong>of</strong><br />
enough qualified Science and<br />
Mathematics Teachers; lack <strong>of</strong><br />
enough qualified Subject Advisors<br />
in Science, Mathematics and<br />
Technology; and Technical<br />
Educators and Artisans who are<br />
not pedagogically trained<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> HR capacity in schools<br />
and for the support <strong>of</strong> schools.<br />
Critical areas <strong>of</strong> concern are lack <strong>of</strong><br />
enough qualified Science and<br />
Mathematics Teachers; lack <strong>of</strong><br />
enough qualified Subject Advisors<br />
in Science, Mathematics and<br />
Technology; and Technical<br />
Educators and Artisans who are<br />
not pedagogically trained<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> an adequate<br />
infrastructure for employmentrelated<br />
education.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 34 Page 36
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
Provision <strong>of</strong> school infrastructure<br />
and facilities<br />
To ensure equity in educational<br />
achievement for all learners<br />
regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender and<br />
urban/rural location<br />
Strategy to convert all schools to<br />
Section 21 schools by 201.<br />
Increasing the number <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
able to attain section 21 status and<br />
capacitating all schools to manage<br />
themselves as Section 21 Schools<br />
Better articulation between<br />
Secondary Schools, FETIs and<br />
HEIs.<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 2.3<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide educators and learners<br />
in public ordinary schools with<br />
departmentally managed support<br />
services.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
Enabling educators to develop<br />
capacity to undertake the<br />
responsibilities <strong>of</strong> the new<br />
curriculum is <strong>of</strong> critical importance<br />
to the transformation agenda.<br />
Equity in achievement <strong>of</strong> learners<br />
will not be realized unless all<br />
educators are well trained in their<br />
content areas, and unless there is<br />
enough capacity in the Districts to<br />
service and support them. There<br />
must be balance in the placement<br />
<strong>of</strong> these resources so that the<br />
marginalized do not have to wait<br />
their turn at the end <strong>of</strong> the queue.<br />
Resources to the disadvantaged<br />
and to rural areas must be<br />
prioritized so that some measure <strong>of</strong><br />
redress can occur.<br />
The National Framework <strong>of</strong><br />
Teacher <strong>Education</strong> (NFTE) that<br />
was published for public review in<br />
August <strong>2005</strong> seeks to establish an<br />
entirely new and innovative<br />
framework for the governing <strong>of</strong><br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong><br />
educators. The framework<br />
essentially establishes two routes<br />
<strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional development –<br />
PRESET or the Institutional<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development <strong>of</strong><br />
Teachers, and INSET or the<br />
continuing pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
development <strong>of</strong> teachers.<br />
Another critical aspect <strong>of</strong> this policy<br />
framework is the accumulation <strong>of</strong><br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essional development points<br />
and the establishment <strong>of</strong> a<br />
licensing framework based on<br />
these points in order to ensure that<br />
educators remain fully capacitated<br />
and equipped to undertake their<br />
responsibilities.<br />
Among the priorities for the<br />
provision <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
development services are:<br />
Realizing a full complement <strong>of</strong><br />
well trained curriculum advisors to<br />
roll out the orientation and INSET<br />
programmes in Districts.<br />
Shortage <strong>of</strong> Curriculum Advisors<br />
Insufficient resources for<br />
curriculum and pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
development support for educators<br />
in rural areas<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 37 35
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
To secure more funding for the<br />
activities <strong>of</strong> this sub-programme <br />
Filling <strong>of</strong> posts in the<br />
establishments <strong>of</strong> Districts so that<br />
schools can benefit from a full<br />
complement <strong>of</strong> curriculum advisors<br />
in District Offices. <br />
The staff in pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
development in the Provincial<br />
Office should be strengthened with<br />
the addition <strong>of</strong> new staff <br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
The enrichment and sustenance<br />
<strong>of</strong> structures and processes to<br />
allow schools and districts to<br />
ensure that the content and<br />
principles <strong>of</strong> the new curriculum<br />
are well understood and effectively<br />
applied<br />
Full implementation <strong>of</strong> RNCS and<br />
NCS<br />
Orientation and further training <strong>of</strong><br />
educators to be able to<br />
successfully implement RNCS<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 2.4<br />
Human Resource Development<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide departmental services<br />
for the pr<strong>of</strong>essional and other<br />
development <strong>of</strong> educators and<br />
non-educators in public ordinary<br />
schools.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
HRD is critical to the<br />
Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Province and the <strong>Department</strong>. It is<br />
one <strong>of</strong> the key pillars <strong>of</strong> the PGDP<br />
and a golden thread in all the<br />
policy initiatives <strong>of</strong> Government to<br />
engender economic and social<br />
transformation. The key here is<br />
that there are not enough<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essionals who are sufficiently<br />
qualified to meet the mandates <strong>of</strong> a<br />
visionary policy agenda, and<br />
undertake the increasingly complex<br />
responsibilities that it demands.<br />
Throughout the <strong>Department</strong> and<br />
throughout Government there is a<br />
sustained demand for people with<br />
the critical skills to make<br />
transformation work. HRD is the<br />
HRD in the <strong>Department</strong> operates<br />
within the framework <strong>of</strong> an<br />
established set <strong>of</strong> public policies,<br />
guidelines and legislation. Among<br />
the most critical, are the following:<br />
Skills Development Act<br />
Skills Development Levies Act<br />
National Human Resource<br />
Development Strategy<br />
Human Resource Development<br />
Strategy for the Eastern Cape<br />
Provincial <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
Public Service Regulations, 2004<br />
Provincial Growth and<br />
Development <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>of</strong> the Eastern<br />
Cape Government<br />
White Paper on <strong>Education</strong><br />
Transformation<br />
White Paper on Human<br />
Resource Development<br />
Reconstruction and Development<br />
<strong>Plan</strong><br />
Among the priorities for the 5-year<br />
period <strong>of</strong> the plan are the following:<br />
Contextualization <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong><br />
Training initiatives that are not<br />
linked to service delivery and<br />
transformation. <br />
The growing impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />
AIDS on service delivery and the<br />
dire need for effective Employees<br />
Assistance Programme (EAP) <br />
The absence <strong>of</strong> a cohesive<br />
training strategy in the <strong>Department</strong><br />
within which all training initiatives<br />
are planned and delivered<br />
Insufficient funding for training, in<br />
spite <strong>of</strong> the funds that are available<br />
through the Skills Development<br />
Levy. <br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 36 Page 38
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
purveyor <strong>of</strong> skills so that this<br />
Agenda could be met.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
HRD within the National and<br />
Provincial Skills Development<br />
Agenda<br />
Contextualization <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong><br />
HRD within the plans and<br />
developments <strong>of</strong> the DoE as a<br />
whole.<br />
Train and support line managers<br />
to meet the <strong>Department</strong>’s<br />
objectives through the strategic<br />
use <strong>of</strong> HRD Services<br />
Create a more focused and<br />
cohesive delivery structure for<br />
HRD in the <strong>Department</strong><br />
Establish and sustain linkages<br />
between HRD, performance<br />
management and the productivity<br />
<strong>of</strong> staff<br />
Specify critical areas <strong>of</strong> training<br />
and development that should be<br />
undertaken in the <strong>Department</strong> in<br />
order to advance the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />
staff and create capacity to<br />
accelerate service delivery<br />
improvement<br />
Establish proper monitoring and<br />
evaluation strategies in HRD so<br />
that the impact <strong>of</strong> training could be<br />
assessed on an ongoing basis<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 2.5<br />
In-school Sport and Culture<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide additional and<br />
departmentally managed sporting<br />
and cultural activities in public<br />
ordinary schools<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 2.6<br />
Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide for projects under<br />
programme 2 specified by the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and<br />
funded by conditional grants<br />
The main legislation and policy<br />
instruments which are applicable to<br />
the School Nutrition Programme<br />
are as follows:<br />
Constitution <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong><br />
South Africa (Act No 108 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />
Inflexible menu<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> integration with local<br />
government initiatives<br />
Staffing Shortage as many<br />
vacancies in Districts have not<br />
been filled <br />
Unavailability <strong>of</strong> locally produced<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 39 37
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The Transformation Agenda<br />
signals opportunities or equity in<br />
achievement, and opportunities to<br />
build and empower communities<br />
for economic self-reliance. The<br />
SNP meets the need <strong>of</strong> the<br />
transformation agenda socially,<br />
educationally and economically.<br />
The School Nutrition Programme is<br />
essentially a poverty alleviation<br />
programme, and a programme<br />
which seeks to ensure that<br />
learners are not disadvantaged in<br />
learning because <strong>of</strong> nutritional<br />
deficiencies. Hungry children<br />
cannot attend in the classroom and<br />
they cannot learn. They must be<br />
provided with meals so that they<br />
have an equal chance <strong>of</strong> academic<br />
success. But this programme is<br />
also a vehicle through which a<br />
social agenda is advanced and<br />
economic empowerment is an<br />
intended result.<br />
With over R200 million expended<br />
on SNP per year, a rich opportunity<br />
is provided to empower people and<br />
their small businesses and enrich<br />
local economies. As a result, the<br />
transformational agenda <strong>of</strong> SNP is<br />
served, the employment <strong>of</strong> 5140<br />
meal servers, the use <strong>of</strong> 35 active<br />
community baking projects and,<br />
among others, the involvement <strong>of</strong><br />
over 105 small, medium and micro<br />
enterprises in distributing food<br />
supplies. Community-based<br />
cooperatives are to be engaged<br />
from 1 April 20<strong>06</strong>.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
International Children’s Rights<br />
Charter<br />
National <strong>Education</strong>al Policy Act<br />
(Act No 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />
South African Schools Act (No 84<br />
<strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />
Norms and Standards for<br />
Funding <strong>of</strong> Public Schools, General<br />
Notice 2362 <strong>of</strong> 12 October 1998<br />
Cabinet Resolution <strong>of</strong> January<br />
2002 which directed that SNP<br />
should be administered by the<br />
ECDoE in future<br />
Integrated Food Security<br />
Programme <strong>of</strong> the PGDP<br />
The Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong><br />
the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Education</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-2014<br />
The following key priorities are<br />
noted as critical areas <strong>of</strong> focus for<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> over the next 5<br />
years.<br />
To ensure adequate access to<br />
the School Nutrition Programme by<br />
targeted schools<br />
To ensure sustainability <strong>of</strong> SNP<br />
through the setting up <strong>of</strong> food<br />
gardens or other food security<br />
initiatives that are supported by<br />
other partners and by school<br />
communities<br />
Finalization <strong>of</strong> a school feeding<br />
model which reflects a<br />
comprehensive and integrated<br />
School Nutrition strategy that<br />
effectively benefits the school, its<br />
learners and its community<br />
To ensure strengthening <strong>of</strong><br />
nutrition education in the school<br />
curriculum and among parents<br />
and the rest <strong>of</strong> the community<br />
serviced by the schools<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
food supplies.<br />
Inadequate Infrastructure<br />
Diminishing Local Capacity<br />
Programme inefficiencies in the<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> poor quality foodstuffs and<br />
late deliveries<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> funds to feed all<br />
deserving learners<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
The programme is being used to<br />
give learners an equal chance to<br />
succeed, to transform lives through<br />
nutritional education and to<br />
empower people and their local<br />
economies by <strong>of</strong>fering economic<br />
opportunities, also promoting food<br />
security.<br />
To strengthen monitoring and<br />
evaluation and impact studies as a<br />
basis for enhancing the efficiency,<br />
effectiveness and sustainability <strong>of</strong><br />
the School Nutrition Programme<br />
The programme has significant<br />
benefits. Among them are the<br />
following:<br />
Improved learner attendance and<br />
academic performance<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 38 Page 40
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
Contribution to poverty alleviation<br />
and to the economic welfare <strong>of</strong><br />
local communities<br />
Contributing to sound eating<br />
habits <strong>of</strong> learners, parents and<br />
communities through nutrition<br />
education<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 41 39
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
PROGRAMME 3<br />
Independent Schools In particular, schools are expected Schools that are operating<br />
to comply with the equity and<br />
quality criteria in Goals 1 and 3 <strong>of</strong><br />
without being registered by the<br />
ECDoE. <br />
Purpose: the Transformation Agenda and the Low funding for Independent<br />
To support independent schools in <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>. Specific priorities Schools <br />
accordance with the South African related to independent schools are<br />
High failure rate in independent<br />
Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong> as follows:<br />
schools. <br />
1996) This includes subprogramme<br />
3.1, Primary and Sub- independent schools add value to<br />
Ensure that the approved<br />
Programme 3.2, Secondary Phase. the education system<br />
Transformational Focus<br />
Independent schools expand the<br />
field <strong>of</strong> opportunities for children<br />
and youth to receive an education.<br />
In some geographic communities,<br />
opportunities for education are<br />
sometimes limited. Sometimes this<br />
occurs because <strong>of</strong> the absence <strong>of</strong><br />
school facilities. But sometimes<br />
independent schools are<br />
established when the available<br />
schools are too crowded or too far<br />
geographically, or when parents<br />
are not satisfied with the quality <strong>of</strong><br />
the education rendered.<br />
Independent schools have a<br />
transformational focus when they<br />
expand the field <strong>of</strong> opportunities,<br />
when they provide quality<br />
education to previously<br />
marginalized groups and when the<br />
<strong>of</strong>fer opportunities for education in<br />
Mathematics, Science and<br />
Technology when such<br />
opportunities would not be<br />
otherwise available.<br />
To strive to attain the level <strong>of</strong><br />
funding which is in line with the<br />
norms and standards<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
It must be ensured, however, that<br />
these schools <strong>of</strong>fer education<br />
programmes <strong>of</strong> an acceptable<br />
standard, and that they do not<br />
serve functions or purposes that<br />
are inconsistent with the<br />
constitutional principles.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 40 Page 42
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
PROGRAMME 4<br />
Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />
Purpose:<br />
To support compulsory public<br />
education in special schools in<br />
accordance with the South African<br />
Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />
1996) and White Paper 6 on<br />
inclusive education<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The key concept that is operational<br />
in a transformational focus for<br />
education is that no one should be<br />
excluded because <strong>of</strong><br />
circumstances over which they<br />
have no control. All citizens have<br />
the right to a high quality<br />
education. Sub-programme 4<br />
highlights and celebrates the fact<br />
that learners with disabilities –<br />
whatever their status – shall not be<br />
excluded. Inclusivity celebrates the<br />
notion that infrastructure must be<br />
put in place so that those who are<br />
challenged (physically, mentally or<br />
emotionally) must be educated<br />
alongside the rest unless their<br />
circumstances are so severe that<br />
they would be at a disadvantage.<br />
Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />
reaches out to all marginalized<br />
populations to give them an<br />
opportunity. This includes, among<br />
others, learners with disabilities,<br />
learners with learning difficulties,<br />
young <strong>of</strong>fenders, street children<br />
and out-<strong>of</strong>-school children and<br />
youth, among others.<br />
The issue here is that the available<br />
schools cannot accommodate all<br />
who are in need. The<br />
transformational vision is that no<br />
one who needs a place in the<br />
education system shall be<br />
excluded, exposed to poor quality<br />
services, or denied the opportunity<br />
to learn, grow and be empowered<br />
in the society.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
In school sport and culture for<br />
special schools<br />
Building and renovation <strong>of</strong> special<br />
schools as well as building <strong>of</strong> a<br />
reform school to accommodated<br />
sentenced learners<br />
Identify all out-<strong>of</strong>-school children<br />
and develop a database per<br />
category per district<br />
Place children (1377 out <strong>of</strong><br />
school, 2488 sentenced, 1565<br />
unsentenced and 2160 street<br />
children) in institutions over the<br />
next 5 years<br />
Reduction <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> out<strong>of</strong>-school<br />
children with disabilities<br />
on waiting lists at home<br />
Regulation <strong>of</strong> public special<br />
schools on private property<br />
Ensure that the <strong>Department</strong><br />
implements the plan submitted to<br />
the court in respect <strong>of</strong> case<br />
numbers<br />
Provide infrastructure according<br />
to needs as reflected on database<br />
Phase out schools that do not<br />
qualify in terms <strong>of</strong> White Paper 6<br />
Implement training and<br />
development <strong>of</strong> educators and noneducators<br />
to meet the needs <strong>of</strong><br />
learners<br />
Implement targeted resourcing <strong>of</strong><br />
special schools in previously<br />
disadvantaged areas (rural<br />
schools) in respect <strong>of</strong> transport and<br />
staffing and other areas<br />
Rationalization <strong>of</strong> institutions to<br />
serve the needs <strong>of</strong> the children as<br />
reflected on database<br />
Rationalization <strong>of</strong> institutions to<br />
serve the needs <strong>of</strong> the children as<br />
reflected on database<br />
White paper 6 – Mobilization <strong>of</strong><br />
out <strong>of</strong> school children and youth<br />
including children with disabilities,<br />
street children, children in conflict<br />
with the law (in prisons and<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
Mobilization <strong>of</strong> out-<strong>of</strong>-school<br />
children presents a major<br />
challenge<br />
Insufficient resources to<br />
learners in rural areas<br />
There is a long waiting list <strong>of</strong><br />
learners with special needs who do<br />
not have access to schooling<br />
Difficulty in securing and<br />
retaining teaching and nonteaching<br />
staff<br />
Insufficient advocacy on the<br />
inclusive model <strong>of</strong> education<br />
Need to capacitate educators in<br />
general education with skills to<br />
serve learners with special needs<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 43 41
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
awaiting trial children in places <strong>of</strong><br />
safety)<br />
Strengthening the special schools<br />
as resource centres<br />
Institutions reflecting the<br />
demographics <strong>of</strong> the country,<br />
meeting the standards laid down in<br />
the Constitution, SA Schools Act<br />
and White Paper 6<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
Resourcing special schools in<br />
respect <strong>of</strong> transport, staffing and<br />
infrastructure<br />
Advocacy campaign on inclusive<br />
education<br />
Identify all out-<strong>of</strong>-school children<br />
and develop a database per<br />
category per district<br />
Place 1377 children identified in<br />
rural areas in institutions<br />
Place 10% <strong>of</strong> 2488 sentenced<br />
<strong>of</strong>fenders in reform schools and<br />
make provision for 1565<br />
unsentenced<br />
Provide 50% <strong>of</strong> the identified<br />
construction and 100% <strong>of</strong> identified<br />
renovation needs<br />
Phase out schools that do not<br />
qualify<br />
Training <strong>of</strong> educators and noneducators<br />
Staffing and transport provision in<br />
special schools<br />
Look for partnerships to deal with<br />
some <strong>of</strong> these challenges<br />
Linking with other government<br />
departments and social partners<br />
Establishment <strong>of</strong> the former<br />
Sigcau College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to be<br />
renovated to accommodate out-<strong>of</strong>school<br />
children <strong>of</strong> the Lusikisiki<br />
District<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 42 Page 44
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
PROGRAMME 5<br />
Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide Further <strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Training (FET) at public FET<br />
Colleges in accordance with the<br />
Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Act, 1998 (Act No 98 <strong>of</strong> 1998)<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
The FET Sector has emerged as<br />
the new focus area for bridging the<br />
gap between school and work.<br />
There is a major expectation that<br />
FET will be responsive to labour<br />
market needs in its programming<br />
and thereby make youth more<br />
employable. It will not only relieve<br />
the significant unemployment<br />
problem among youth, but it will<br />
supply the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />
economy.<br />
The FET Sector has emerged as<br />
the new focus area for bridging the<br />
gap between school and work.<br />
There is a major expectation that<br />
FET will be responsive to labour<br />
market needs in its programming<br />
and thereby make youth more<br />
employable. It will not only relieve<br />
the significant unemployment<br />
problem among youth, but it will<br />
supply the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />
economy.<br />
The transformational focus here,<br />
however, is determining who gets<br />
the opportunity to be educated and<br />
become employed. To what extent<br />
can marginalized groups gain entry<br />
into these FET institutions, and if<br />
they do, to what extent do they<br />
succeed, or graduate in a timely<br />
manner? There is a sense that<br />
some previously marginalized<br />
learners have difficulty in<br />
succeeding in their programmes<br />
and, when they are successful they<br />
have difficulty getting jobs.<br />
The FET Sector must set up the<br />
necessary infrastructure so that all<br />
can succeed with the support<br />
structures that will be made<br />
available.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
The priorities for FET grow out <strong>of</strong><br />
its centrality to the Development<br />
Agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province and the<br />
nation. Among the critical priorities<br />
to be pursued within the next five<br />
years are the following:<br />
Alignment <strong>of</strong> the programmes <strong>of</strong><br />
FET colleges to the needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />
economy, including the EPWP<br />
Mobilization and provision <strong>of</strong><br />
adequate resources<br />
Rendering sufficient institutional<br />
support and guidance for the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> FET colleges, and<br />
the enhancement <strong>of</strong> the<br />
effectiveness and efficiency <strong>of</strong> their<br />
structures, systems and<br />
procedures.<br />
Ensuring that colleges are<br />
sensitive and responsive to the<br />
social needs and transformation<br />
agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province and the<br />
<strong>Department</strong><br />
Training and retraining <strong>of</strong> FET<br />
college personnel so that they<br />
enhance their capacity to<br />
undertake their responsibilities<br />
More extensive use <strong>of</strong><br />
learnerships as a vehicle to bridge<br />
the gap between education and<br />
employment and enhance the<br />
practical value <strong>of</strong> vocational and<br />
technical programmes<br />
Development <strong>of</strong> Human<br />
Resource capacity in line with the<br />
National HRD Strategy and the<br />
PGDP<br />
Re-equip and recapitalize FET to<br />
be effective and responsive<br />
Increased access to historically<br />
disadvantaged groups in the FET<br />
system<br />
Enhanced student support<br />
services, especially for<br />
marginalized groups<br />
To build partnerships as a<br />
strategy for enhancing the services<br />
<strong>of</strong> FET<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
Constraints in the FET Sector as<br />
a result <strong>of</strong> diverse institutional<br />
<strong>of</strong>ferings and a post provisioning<br />
model that is not appropriate<br />
Shortage <strong>of</strong> furniture and<br />
outdated equipment in workshops<br />
and laboratories<br />
Exams may not be properly<br />
monitored because <strong>of</strong> the shortage<br />
<strong>of</strong> staff<br />
Not all campuses have academic<br />
structures<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> enough resources to<br />
respond to the distinctiveness <strong>of</strong><br />
the FET Sector<br />
The absence <strong>of</strong> a national<br />
curriculum framework for the FET<br />
Sector<br />
Curriculum materials in FET must<br />
be updated to meet the<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> the world <strong>of</strong> work<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 45 43
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
-<br />
Purpose<br />
Transformational Focus<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
Effective integration <strong>of</strong> ABET and<br />
FET Effective college integration programmes <strong>of</strong> ABET for and<br />
FET beneficiaries college programmes to participate for in the<br />
beneficiaries <strong>Education</strong>al Provisioning to participate and in the Local<br />
<strong>Education</strong>al Economic Development Provisioning Initiative and Local<br />
Economic and the EPWP Development Initiative<br />
and the EPWP<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
PROGRAMME 6<br />
PROGRAMME Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> 6 and ABET is a critical priority on the The curriculum employed in<br />
Adult Training Basic <strong>Education</strong> and ABET agenda is <strong>of</strong> a critical government. priority It on is the ABET The curriculum is not suitable employed for most in adult<br />
Training<br />
agenda highlighted <strong>of</strong> government. in educational It policies, is ABET learners is not who suitable need practical for most and adult<br />
highlighted in the National in educational Skills Development<br />
Purpose:<br />
policies, learners skills-based who projects need practical that can and<br />
in Strategy the National (NSDS), Skills in the Development Provincial<br />
Purpose:<br />
skills-based prepare them projects for employment<br />
To provide Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong><br />
that can<br />
Strategy Growth and (NSDS), Development in the Provincial <strong>Plan</strong>, prepare them for employment<br />
To and provide Training Adult (ABET) Basic in accordance <strong>Education</strong><br />
Growth the National and Development Human Resource <strong>Plan</strong>, in<br />
There is little collaboration<br />
and with Training the Adult (ABET) Basic <strong>Education</strong> in accordance Act,<br />
the Development National Human Strategy Resource and a part <strong>of</strong> among There the is little many collaboration public and private<br />
with 2000 the (Act Adult No 52 Basic <strong>of</strong> 2000). <strong>Education</strong> Act,<br />
Development various social Strategy and community and a part <strong>of</strong> among entities the that many run ABET public and private<br />
2000 (Act No 52 <strong>of</strong> 2000).<br />
various development social initiatives. and community The entities programmes. that run It ABET is difficult to<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
development private sector, initiatives. response The to programmes. assess the impact It is difficult <strong>of</strong> these to<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
private national sector, policy initiatives, response has to also assess programmes the impact or the <strong>of</strong> reduction these <strong>of</strong><br />
national implemented policy ABET initiatives, programmes. has also programmes illiteracy in the or Province the reduction <strong>of</strong><br />
According to the 2001 Census, In implemented this respect, ABET ABET programmes.<br />
extends way illiteracy in the Province<br />
According 63.6% <strong>of</strong> households to the 2001 in Census, the In beyond this respect, the authority ABET and extends control way <strong>of</strong> Many illiterate adults do not seek<br />
63.6% Province <strong>of</strong> live households in poverty; in the 36.5% beyond the <strong>Department</strong>. the authority As a and result, control it is <strong>of</strong> education Many illiterate because adults <strong>of</strong> uncertainty, do not seek<br />
Province have no more live in than poverty; a primary 36.5% the essential <strong>Department</strong>. to ensure As that a result, public it and is education lack <strong>of</strong> infrastructure because <strong>of</strong> and uncertainty, lack <strong>of</strong><br />
have education no more and than 50% a <strong>of</strong> primary the<br />
essential private ABET to ensure initiatives that are public and lack confidence <strong>of</strong> infrastructure and lack <strong>of</strong><br />
education population and is estimated 50% <strong>of</strong> the as illiterate. private coordinated, ABET monitored initiatives and are confidence<br />
Absence <strong>of</strong> a Provincial structure<br />
population The unemployment is estimated rate as is illiterate. 53.7% coordinated, orchestrated monitored as part <strong>of</strong> an and agenda<br />
to Absence monitor and <strong>of</strong> a manage Provincial ABET structure<br />
The with unemployment youth (between rate 18 and is 53.7% 25) orchestrated to eradicate illiteracy as part <strong>of</strong> and an reduce agenda it<br />
to provided monitor in and the manage Public Sector ABET<br />
with unemployment youth (between estimated 18 and at 25) 81%. to by eradicate at least 50% illiteracy by 2010. and reduce In this it provided Lack <strong>of</strong> in funds the Public for a massive Sector<br />
unemployment This represents estimated an unenviable at 81%. by respect, at least the 50% following by 2010. priorities In this are<br />
campaign Lack <strong>of</strong> funds on illiteracy for a massive<br />
This state represents <strong>of</strong> underdevelopment an unenviable and respect, highlighted. the following priorities are campaign The needs on <strong>of</strong> illiteracy disabled learners<br />
state disadvantagement <strong>of</strong> underdevelopment in the Province. and highlighted.<br />
Reduction <strong>of</strong> illiteracy to 50% by<br />
who The need needs ABET <strong>of</strong> disabled are not being learners<br />
disadvantagement As many as 52% <strong>of</strong> in the the learners Province. 2014 Reduction – that is <strong>of</strong> ± illiteracy 60,000 per to 50% annum by who addressed need ABET are not being<br />
As who many start as school 52% in <strong>of</strong> the the Province learners do 2014 Implementation – that is ± 60,000 <strong>of</strong> poverty per annum addressed Lack <strong>of</strong> clear Recognition <strong>of</strong> Prior<br />
who not complete start school school in the with Province a Matric do alleviation Implementation programmes <strong>of</strong> poverty through Learning Lack <strong>of</strong> (RPL) clear Recognition guidelines for <strong>of</strong> Prior<br />
not Certificate. complete school with a Matric<br />
alleviation ABET programmes through Learning ABET (RPL) guidelines for<br />
Certificate.<br />
ABET To provide more spaces in public ABET There is no credible assessment<br />
ABET To provide centres more in accordance spaces in public with policy There for is ABET no credible assessment<br />
ABET policycentres in accordance with<br />
policy Lack for <strong>of</strong> ABET a moral agenda in life<br />
policy<br />
skills Lack education <strong>of</strong> a moral agenda in life<br />
Establishment <strong>of</strong> day centres in<br />
skills education<br />
This dismal picture means that a selected Establishment communities<br />
Multi-purpose centres are not<br />
<strong>of</strong> day centres in<br />
This significant dismal portion picture <strong>of</strong> means the population that a selected communities<br />
being Multi-purpose adequately centres used for<br />
Develop and implement<br />
are the not<br />
significant in the Province portion is without <strong>of</strong> the population a proper appropriate being promotion adequately <strong>of</strong> ABET. used for the<br />
Develop and curricula implement in line with<br />
in education the Province and will is without have no a proper<br />
promotion <strong>of</strong> ABET.<br />
appropriate PGDP curricula in line with<br />
education opportunity and to secure will have good no jobs,<br />
PGDP Expansion <strong>of</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> ABET<br />
opportunity earn decent to salaries, secure participate good jobs, in<br />
through<br />
earn a vibrant decent economy salaries, and participate advance in Expansion implementation <strong>of</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> ABET the<br />
a their vibrant welfare economy and that and <strong>of</strong> advance their through Provincial implementation Literacy Programme <strong>of</strong> the<br />
their families. welfare Many and will that have <strong>of</strong> their no access Provincial To pilot and Literacy implement Programme open<br />
families. to “the better Many life will for have all” that no access is learning To pilot strategy and implement in formal open and<br />
to envisioned. “the better life for all” that is learning informal strategy learning in sites formal and<br />
envisioned.<br />
The National Skills Development informal Implementation learning sites <strong>of</strong> poverty <br />
The National Skills Development Implementation <strong>of</strong> poverty <br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 44<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 44 Page 46<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
Strategy asserts that ABET is the<br />
first rung on the ladder for all to<br />
participate in a seamless<br />
qualification system to secure an<br />
education to whatever level they<br />
wish. ABET, for many, is the<br />
gateway to opportunity through<br />
which underdevelopment and<br />
deprivation <strong>of</strong> the past could be<br />
addressed.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
alleviation programmes in all<br />
districts and nodal points<br />
Development <strong>of</strong> modular skills<br />
based programmes. <br />
Implementation <strong>of</strong> learnerships <br />
Incorporation <strong>of</strong> HIV/AIDS and<br />
voter education in curriculum, and <br />
Acquisition <strong>of</strong> appropriate LSM<br />
for ABET<br />
Effective integration <strong>of</strong> ABET and<br />
FET college programmes for<br />
beneficiaries to fully participate in<br />
the <strong>Education</strong>al Provisioning and<br />
Local Development Initiative and<br />
the EPWP<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
<br />
PROGRAMME 7<br />
Early Childhood Development<br />
(ECD)<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide Early Childhood<br />
<strong>Education</strong> (ECD) at the Grade R<br />
and earlier levels in accordance<br />
with White Paper 5<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
ECD is important in creating a new<br />
future that provides opportunities<br />
for all. It is well established that<br />
the foundation for academic<br />
achievement and excellence is laid<br />
in the early years <strong>of</strong> life. Research<br />
has established that learners in<br />
Primary and High Schools who<br />
have had the benefit <strong>of</strong> a sound<br />
pre-school or early childhood<br />
education out-perform their<br />
counterparts who have not had<br />
such opportunities. This means<br />
that equity in opportunity to<br />
achieve academically (Goal 1 <strong>of</strong><br />
the Transformation Agenda)<br />
begins, not with Primary <strong>Education</strong>,<br />
but with ECD. Some <strong>of</strong> the most<br />
critical developmental and<br />
transformational strategies <strong>of</strong><br />
Government (HRD Strategy,<br />
PGDP) highlight the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
ECD in preparing for a sound<br />
future economically and socially.<br />
Advancing the welfare <strong>of</strong> all for<br />
ECD is a key component <strong>of</strong> the<br />
National and Provincial HRD<br />
Strategy and is considered as one<br />
<strong>of</strong> the pillars <strong>of</strong> the PGDP. One <strong>of</strong><br />
the pivotal considerations for<br />
effective ECD delivery is to ensure<br />
that the full cohort <strong>of</strong> 5 and 6 year<br />
olds is in some form <strong>of</strong> high quality<br />
ECD centre. As part <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Transformational Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>, it is particularly<br />
important to ensure that residents<br />
<strong>of</strong> rural, difficult to access and<br />
disadvantaged areas also have<br />
access to ECD centres <strong>of</strong> high<br />
quality<br />
In compliance with White Paper 5<br />
– all learners must have gone<br />
through a reception year<br />
programme by year 2010<br />
By 2010 all primary schools must<br />
have a reception (Grade R) class<br />
All community based centres<br />
must be incorporated into all<br />
primary schools<br />
All ECD practitioners must go<br />
through the 2-year practitioners<br />
course<br />
All approved sites must have<br />
appropriate furniture and<br />
equipment<br />
Infrastructure budget to<br />
incorporate a Grade R class for<br />
each primary school where<br />
necessary<br />
ECD centres do not submit<br />
compliance forms in time and, as a<br />
result, their payment is delayed<br />
There is understaffing in the ECD<br />
Directorate<br />
There are still large numbers <strong>of</strong><br />
unqualified ECD practitioners as a<br />
result <strong>of</strong> accelerated rollout <strong>of</strong> ECD<br />
sites over the years.<br />
Many ECD sites are poorly<br />
managed. This eventually affects<br />
the quality <strong>of</strong> their programmes<br />
The lack <strong>of</strong> funding results in the<br />
slow development and<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> ECD<br />
programmes<br />
Effective linkage <strong>of</strong> ECD and the<br />
EPWP<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 47 45
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
- tomorrow Transformational means that Focus full<br />
tomorrow participation means in ECD that today full must be<br />
participation ensured. in ECD today must be<br />
ensured.<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
In order to meet the 2010 target<br />
the In <strong>Department</strong> order to meet has the to 2010 ensure target that<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> reception class has is to implemented<br />
ensure that<br />
the at all reception primary schools class is implemented<br />
at a rate <strong>of</strong><br />
at 1000 all primary sites per schools annumat a rate <strong>of</strong><br />
1000 sites per annum<br />
National Government identified<br />
ECD National as an Government area for sustainable identified job<br />
ECD creation as an in the area social for sustainable sector <strong>of</strong> the job<br />
creation Expanded in Public the social Works sector <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Expanded Programme Public (EPWP) Works<br />
Programme (EPWP)<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
PROGRAMME 8<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 8 8.2<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME<br />
Conditional Grants Projects<br />
8.2<br />
(HIV<br />
Conditional and Aids) Grants Projects (HIV<br />
and Aids)<br />
Purpose:<br />
Purpose:<br />
To provide for projects specified by<br />
To the provide <strong>Department</strong> for projects that is applicable specified by<br />
the to more <strong>Department</strong> than one that programme is applicable and<br />
to funded more with than conditional one programme grants and<br />
funded with conditional grants<br />
The objective <strong>of</strong> the HIV and Aids<br />
The sub-programme objective <strong>of</strong> the is to HIV develop and Aids and<br />
sub-programme implement an integrated is to develop and intersectoral<br />
approach an integrated that provides and inter-<br />
and<br />
implement<br />
sectoral education, approach prevention, that care provides and<br />
education, support to the prevention, infected care and affected and<br />
support learners, to educators the infected and and parents. affected<br />
learners, educators and parents.<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
HIV and Aids is the greatest threat<br />
HIV to the and welfare Aids is and the security greatest <strong>of</strong> threat<br />
to families the welfare and communities, and security and <strong>of</strong> it is<br />
families one <strong>of</strong> the and public communities, issues which and can it is<br />
one significantly <strong>of</strong> the public undermine issues the which can<br />
significantly development undermine agenda <strong>of</strong> the the nation<br />
development and that <strong>of</strong> the agenda Province. <strong>of</strong> the The nation<br />
and <strong>Education</strong> that <strong>of</strong> Sector the Province. is most affected The<br />
<strong>Education</strong> by the pandemic. Sector is The most number affected <strong>of</strong><br />
by individuals the pandemic. who are The infected number and <strong>of</strong><br />
individuals affected by who HIV are and infected Aids the and<br />
affected <strong>Department</strong> by HIV is increasing and Aids in daily. the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> The rate <strong>of</strong> absenteeism increasing through daily.<br />
The illness rate has <strong>of</strong> increased absenteeism and through there is a<br />
illness constant has deterioration increased and in the there is a<br />
constant complement deterioration <strong>of</strong> teaching personnel. the<br />
complement One <strong>of</strong> the effects <strong>of</strong> teaching <strong>of</strong> this personnel. is the<br />
One ongoing <strong>of</strong> the struggle effects to <strong>of</strong> maintain this is the a<br />
ongoing level <strong>of</strong> staffing struggle and to maintain staff a<br />
level attendance <strong>of</strong> staffing that and can staff ensure an<br />
attendance adequate level that <strong>of</strong> can service ensure delivery an<br />
adequate level <strong>of</strong> service delivery<br />
Addressing the HIV and Aids<br />
Addressing pandemic is the <strong>of</strong> high HIV and priority Aids<br />
pandemic nationally and is <strong>of</strong> provincially. high priority The<br />
nationally response to and this provincially. pandemic is The not<br />
response framed in to one this overarching pandemic policy is not<br />
framed document, in one but overarching runs as a golden policy<br />
document, thread or common but runs developmental<br />
as a golden<br />
thread theme through or common all policies developmental <strong>of</strong><br />
theme government. through The all policies intent is <strong>of</strong> a multidimensional<br />
approach The intent which is a multi-<br />
government.<br />
dimensional mobilizes the approach resources which and<br />
mobilizes capabilities the <strong>of</strong> resources agencies to and impact<br />
capabilities the pandemic. <strong>of</strong> agencies Few <strong>Department</strong>s to impact<br />
the are pandemic. as well positioned Few <strong>Department</strong>s as the<br />
are <strong>Department</strong> as well positioned <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> as the to have<br />
<strong>Department</strong> an impact on <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong> crisis. to have<br />
an impact on the crisis.<br />
It is in line with this sentiment that<br />
It the is HIV in line and with Aids this activities sentiment in this that<br />
the programme HIV and forge Aids activities the activities in this <strong>of</strong><br />
programme many directorates forge the and activities institutions <strong>of</strong><br />
many into a concerted directorates and and unified institutions<br />
into approach. a concerted HIV and and Aids unified is critical<br />
approach. to the curriculum HIV and development Aids is critical and<br />
to management the curriculum activities development <strong>of</strong> the and<br />
management <strong>Department</strong>, as activities well as <strong>of</strong> the the<br />
<strong>Department</strong>, activities <strong>of</strong> EAP, as well HRD, as the <strong>Education</strong><br />
activities Management <strong>of</strong> EAP, Development HRD, <strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Management Governance, among Development others. and In this<br />
Governance, light, the activities among <strong>of</strong> this others. In this<br />
light, programme the activities are framed <strong>of</strong> this within<br />
programme strategic goal are 8 <strong>of</strong> framed the within<br />
strategic Transformation goal 8 Agenda <strong>of</strong> the and the<br />
Transformation <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> which Agenda focuses and the on<br />
<strong>Strategic</strong> the social <strong>Plan</strong> issues which which focuses affect on<br />
the schools social and issues schooling which in affect<br />
schools communities. and schooling in<br />
communities.<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />
Integration. Lack <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />
HIV and Aids is still<br />
Integration. treated as an HIV add-on. and Aids is still<br />
treated as an add-on.<br />
The non-sharing <strong>of</strong> information<br />
with The new non-sharing cohorts <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> learners information if<br />
with advocacy new cohorts is not continuing. <strong>of</strong> learners if<br />
advocacy is not continuing.<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> a coherent wellness<br />
programme Lack <strong>of</strong> a coherent which emphasizes wellness<br />
programme healthy living which habits emphasizes<br />
healthy living habits<br />
Slow pace <strong>of</strong> tender processes<br />
delays Slow the pace accelerated <strong>of</strong> tender processes<br />
delays implementation the accelerated <strong>of</strong> programmes<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> programmes<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> IT equipment to manage<br />
and Lack monitor <strong>of</strong> IT equipment projects to manage<br />
and monitor projects<br />
Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff<br />
Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 46<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 46 Page 48
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
in our <strong>of</strong>fices and institutions. It is<br />
- Purpose<br />
necessary to ensure that we have<br />
- adequate Transformational levels <strong>of</strong> staffing Focus in order<br />
in to our maintain <strong>of</strong>fices an and acceptable institutions. level It <strong>of</strong> is<br />
necessary service delivery. to ensure that we have<br />
adequate levels <strong>of</strong> staffing in order<br />
We must also ensure that those<br />
to maintain an acceptable level <strong>of</strong><br />
who are infected and affected are<br />
service delivery.<br />
not marginalized. In this regard,<br />
We special must attention also ensure must that be given those to<br />
who orphans are infected who attend and schools, affected and are<br />
not children marginalized. who are forced In this to regard, assume<br />
special responsibility attention for must their families. be given to<br />
orphans who attend schools, and<br />
children who are forced to assume<br />
responsibility for their families.<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME 8.4<br />
External Examinations<br />
SUB-PROGRAMME Purpose:<br />
8.4<br />
External<br />
To provide<br />
Examinations<br />
for special<br />
departmentally managed<br />
Purpose: examination services. Specifically,<br />
To the provide programme for special seeks to provide<br />
departmentally an effective and managed efficient external<br />
examination services. for grade 12, Specifically, GET and<br />
the ABET programme seeks to provide<br />
an effective and efficient external<br />
examination for grade 12, GET and<br />
ABET<br />
Transformational Focus:<br />
Learner assessment has always<br />
Transformational been a critical area Focus: <strong>of</strong> focus in<br />
education. Its importance arises<br />
Learner from its role assessment the gate-keeper has always in<br />
been differentiating a critical between area <strong>of</strong> focus those in who<br />
education. are competent Its importance enough to be arises<br />
from certified its role and as those the who gate-keeper have not in<br />
differentiating achieved the desired between level those <strong>of</strong> who<br />
are competence, competent and enough from its to be role as<br />
certified an overall and measure those who <strong>of</strong> the have not<br />
achieved performance the <strong>of</strong> desired the <strong>Department</strong>. level <strong>of</strong> In<br />
competence, this regard there and are from four its role as<br />
transformational overall measure issues <strong>of</strong> the for<br />
performance reflection which <strong>of</strong> the may <strong>Department</strong>. warrant the In<br />
this <strong>Department</strong> regard there to occasionally are four revisit<br />
transformational what it does. issues for<br />
reflection which may warrant the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> to occasionally revisit<br />
what it does.<br />
The POLICIES bond between AND school PRIORITIES and<br />
community, the adequate<br />
preparation <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />
The and the bond establishment between school <strong>of</strong> the and<br />
community, appropriate policy the adequate framework and<br />
preparation organizational <strong>of</strong> human processes resources to<br />
and respond the establishment to HIV and Aids <strong>of</strong> are the all<br />
appropriate critical features policy and framework priorities <strong>of</strong> and this<br />
organizational programme. processes to<br />
respond to HIV and Aids are all<br />
critical features and priorities <strong>of</strong> this<br />
programme.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
The activities, processes and<br />
standards relating to and governing<br />
examinations and assessment are<br />
The framed activities, in the following processes legislation and<br />
standards key policy relating documents: to and governing<br />
examinations and assessment are<br />
framed South in African the following Schools legislation Act, 1996<br />
(Act and key No 84 policy <strong>of</strong> 1996) documents: (SASA)<br />
<br />
South Further African <strong>Education</strong> Schools and Act, Training 1996<br />
(Act (FET), No 841998 <strong>of</strong> 1996) (Act(SASA)<br />
No 98 <strong>of</strong><br />
1998) <br />
<br />
Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Act Adult (FET), Basic 1998 <strong>Education</strong> (Act No and 98 <strong>of</strong><br />
Training 1998) Act (ABET), 2000 (Act No<br />
52 <strong>of</strong> 2000) <br />
Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Training National Act <strong>Education</strong> (ABET), 2000 Policy (Act No<br />
52 (NEPA), <strong>of</strong> 2000) 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />
<br />
National General and <strong>Education</strong> Further Policy <strong>Education</strong> Act<br />
(NEPA), and Training 1996 Quality (Act No Assurance 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996) Act<br />
(GENFETQA), <br />
2001 (Act No 58 <strong>of</strong><br />
2001) General and Further <strong>Education</strong><br />
and Training Quality Assurance Act<br />
(GENFETQA), Regulations for 2001 the Conduct, (Act No 58 <strong>of</strong><br />
2001) Administration and Management <strong>of</strong><br />
Assessment <br />
for the Senior<br />
Certificate Regulations for the Conduct,<br />
Administration Among the priorities and Management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong><br />
Assessment <strong>Department</strong> in for respect the Senior to<br />
Certificate examinations and assessment are<br />
Among the following: the priorities <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> in respect to<br />
examinations and assessment are<br />
the following:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> Staffing in the CASS Unit<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> proper Storage <strong>of</strong> Scripts<br />
Absence <strong>of</strong> Key Qualified Staff<br />
<br />
Lack<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong><br />
Key<br />
Staffing<br />
Staff<br />
in<br />
members<br />
the CASS Unit<br />
<br />
Lack<br />
Facilities<br />
<strong>of</strong> proper<br />
currently<br />
Storage<br />
inadequate<br />
<strong>of</strong> Scripts<br />
Absence <strong>of</strong> Key Qualified Staff<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> Key Staff members<br />
Facilities currently inadequate<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 47<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 49 47
SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />
- Purpose<br />
- Transformational Focus<br />
The four issues are as follows:<br />
1.The structure, content and<br />
process <strong>of</strong> examinations are fair<br />
and unbiased and do not<br />
disadvantage or favour particular<br />
groups;<br />
2. Ensure that attention is not given<br />
to examination performance to the<br />
detriment <strong>of</strong> learning balanced<br />
development and effective skills<br />
acquisition;<br />
3. Ensure that exam logistics and<br />
administration do not disadvantage<br />
learners in the rural and difficult to<br />
access areas; and,<br />
4. that all learners have access to<br />
instruction and resources<br />
(including LTSM) that will<br />
adequately prepare them for<br />
examinations<br />
POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />
Staff training for more efficient<br />
and effective work habits<br />
<br />
Attracting an keeping high calibre<br />
staff members through a structure<br />
that allows vertical career-pathing<br />
<br />
The following need to be put in<br />
place:<br />
Training assessors and<br />
moderators to conduct an<br />
outcomes-based quality<br />
improvement programme<br />
<br />
Question papers for the FETC<br />
external assessment to be ready<br />
18 months prior to the assessment<br />
date<br />
<br />
Development <strong>of</strong> a new IT system<br />
and population <strong>of</strong> the new system<br />
with data to be able to conduct a<br />
test run in good time<br />
<br />
Updated provincial policy<br />
documents and regulations need to<br />
be developed<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />
AND CONSTRAINTS<br />
p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />
<br />
<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 48 Page 50
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 51
c o n t e n t s<br />
e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />
EDUCATION<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 52
12. INTRODUCTION<br />
PART C: BACKGROUND INFORMATION<br />
While Section 3 <strong>of</strong> the plan presents details on each sub-programme and highlights where<br />
strategic objectives are placed both budget-wise and organizationally, Part C <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Strategic</strong><br />
<strong>Plan</strong> document is intended to provide the essential details about the background information<br />
upon which the plan is based. The purpose <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>of</strong> the document is to further<br />
contextualize the goals and objectives <strong>of</strong> the plan, to highlight the circumstances and issues<br />
from which planned priorities were derived, and to present the essential boundaries <strong>of</strong> activity<br />
within which the <strong>Department</strong> will operate in implementing the plan. This section <strong>of</strong> the plan is<br />
important both as a backdrop which gives meaning to the activities to be undertaken and as a<br />
guide which seeks to inform <strong>of</strong>ficials and stakeholders about the best way to manoeuvre<br />
among the activities and complexities which will define scope and context <strong>of</strong> delivery.<br />
This section <strong>of</strong> the plan is therefore divided into two main sections and several sub-sections.<br />
The sections and sub-sections are outlined below.<br />
13. ANALYSIS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Policy Changes and Trends<br />
Environmental factors and emerging challenges<br />
Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />
Social Economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities<br />
Analysis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong>al System<br />
Demographic pressures and access issues<br />
<strong>Education</strong>al pr<strong>of</strong>iles <strong>of</strong> people<br />
Transfers to Institutions<br />
The state <strong>of</strong> Public Ordinary Schools education<br />
Independent Schools<br />
LSEN Schools<br />
FET<br />
ABET<br />
13.1 Policy Changes and Trends<br />
With the increased use <strong>of</strong> computer technology in more and more aspects <strong>of</strong> life, government<br />
recognized the need to pass legislation that would provide the framework for regulating<br />
electronic communications, such as email, and establish the legality <strong>of</strong> electronic business<br />
transactions. The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act (Act 25 <strong>of</strong> 2002)<br />
(ECT) provides for the facilitation and regulation <strong>of</strong> electronic communications and<br />
transactions; the development <strong>of</strong> a national e-strategy; universal access to electronic<br />
communications and transactions; human resource development in electronic transactions;<br />
the prevention <strong>of</strong> abuse <strong>of</strong> information systems; and to encourage the use <strong>of</strong> e-government<br />
services.<br />
This is an important act for educational institutions seen against the requirement to provide<br />
access to and training in the use <strong>of</strong> computers and to enable people to make the transition<br />
into the world <strong>of</strong> the Internet and other computer-based work methods.<br />
The e-<strong>Education</strong> Draft White Paper <strong>of</strong> the National <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> was published<br />
in August 2003. It has the overall policy goal that ‘Every South African learner in the general<br />
and further education and training bands will be “ICT capable” that is, use Information and<br />
Communications Technology (ICT) confidently and creatively by 2013.<br />
The relevant policy imperatives are set out under six strategic objectives:<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 53 Page 49
ICT pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong> teachers, managers and administrators<br />
Electronic content resources for teaching and learning<br />
ICT infrastructure<br />
Connectivity to an educational network and the Internet<br />
Community engagement to share the resources with the wider community<br />
Research and development into new technologies, methodologies and techniques.<br />
Subsequent to the publication <strong>of</strong> the Draft White Paper was the requirement for all education<br />
departments to develop business plans to guide the implementation <strong>of</strong> the policy. The ECDoE<br />
produced and submitted costed business plan in March <strong>2005</strong>.<br />
This policy will have a major impact on teaching and learning as well as the administration in<br />
our schools.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
13.1.1 Quality Assurance<br />
Quality Assurance is a concept that originally comes from the private sector even though its<br />
relevance spans both the public and the private sector. Any organization that has a service or<br />
goods to deliver needs to have a mechanism in place to guarantee that the service or the<br />
goods will be in compliance with service or production standards that the organization itself<br />
shall have set for itself. Quality Assurance ensures that the organization will have a<br />
guaranteed niche, this niche being guaranteed by the extent to which quality defines the<br />
services or goods the organization is associated with.<br />
Quality as concept is a defining feature that sets an organization apart from others since it is a<br />
tool that promotes excellence. Quality also ensures compliance <strong>of</strong> performance with mutually<br />
agreed and set standards. There are quality principles and service standards that need to be<br />
agreed upon by organizations that aspire to a quality service for their identified customers and<br />
market. The global thrust for quality assurance is to establish within organizations a culture <strong>of</strong><br />
continuous improvement. The South African Excellence Framework presents a paradigm<br />
within which quality becomes a visible yet continuously aspired to goal. Quality Assurance<br />
initiatives are grounded in the National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act No.27 <strong>of</strong> 1996 (NEPA). NEPA<br />
created a legislative framework for both the Assessment Policy for the General <strong>Education</strong> and<br />
Training Band, Grades R – 9 and ABET which prescribes that Systemic Evaluation studies<br />
be conducted as well as the National Policy on Whole-school Evaluation (WSE)<br />
The focus for the <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> as an organization in respect <strong>of</strong> quality assurance is<br />
both at system and school level with Systemic Evaluation being a tool that seeks to determine<br />
and measure the health <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong> system at exit points <strong>of</strong> the Foundation, Intermediate<br />
and the Senior Phases <strong>of</strong> the General <strong>Education</strong> and Training Band. The Grade 12 results for<br />
now are still a determining measure for the quality <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> the education<br />
system at the FET Phase. Whole-school Evaluation (WSE) focuses on the school system by<br />
monitoring and evaluating the extent to which curriculum provision takes place. This is done<br />
through a framework <strong>of</strong> nationally agreed criteria and guidelines. Nine nationally agreed areas<br />
for evaluation form the basis on which the performance <strong>of</strong> each school as unit <strong>of</strong> the system is<br />
evaluated. Whole-school Evaluation is now part <strong>of</strong> the Integrated Quality Management<br />
System (IQMS).<br />
Quality Management Systems, one <strong>of</strong> the mechanisms for assuring quality within education,<br />
brings in a feedback loop through which the recommendations flowing from Systemic<br />
Evaluation and Whole-school Evaluation are fed back into the system to guarantee<br />
continuous improvement in terms <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> the education system.<br />
The South African Excellence Foundation Model for quality service delivery provides a<br />
structure/framework on which our various service delivery modes as the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Education</strong> need to be located. Its fundamental concepts provide effective guidelines to take<br />
any organization on a sure path to realizing excellence in its service delivery.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 54 50
13.2 Environmental Factors and Emerging Challenges<br />
13.2.1 Infrastructure<br />
In 1996, the Schools’ Register <strong>of</strong> Needs recorded a backlog <strong>of</strong> 22 000 classrooms in our<br />
system. Between 1996 and 2004 all districts saw an increase in number <strong>of</strong> classrooms and a<br />
corresponding decrease in learner classroom ratio, particularly in the more rural districts <strong>of</strong><br />
Lusikisiki, Umzimkhulu, Bizana and Mount Frere. To date we have provided 11000<br />
classrooms across the Province but in the interim the backlog has swelled to 14,000<br />
classrooms. Indeed the adequate provision <strong>of</strong> classrooms will still remain a challenge in the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> for the next ten years.<br />
13.2.2 Learner Assessment<br />
The matriculation provincial pass rate has not yet stabilized.<br />
The pass rate increased from 51.9% in 2002, with an 8.1% rise to 60.0% in 2003. However<br />
this was followed by the disappointing drop <strong>of</strong> 6.5% to 53.5% in 2004. The Eastern Cape was<br />
the only province where the matric pass rate increased in <strong>2005</strong>, by 3.2% to 56.7%<br />
The smooth conduct and management <strong>of</strong> examinations has given credibility to the results<br />
over the last four to five years. In that period there has not been a single report <strong>of</strong> examination<br />
leakages or any impropriety in our Grade 12 examinations.<br />
In ABET level 4 learners surpassed all the provinces, will be strengthened each year. The<br />
annual increase in ABET learner numbers from 285 in 2001 to 522 in 2002, 669 in 2003 and<br />
911 in 2004 indicates the seriousness that the learners now attach to ABET in our province.<br />
13.2.3 FET College Sector<br />
The successful merger <strong>of</strong> the Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training (FET) Colleges from 25 to eight<br />
institutions, streamlined to meet the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the province, was a major achievement.<br />
The importance <strong>of</strong> this sector lies in its ability to address the human resource demands <strong>of</strong> our<br />
economy and a redefinition <strong>of</strong> the labour pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the province.<br />
The filling <strong>of</strong> the 8 CEO posts was successfully completed soon after the merger process.<br />
However, the filling <strong>of</strong> senior posts will only take place in the <strong>2005</strong>/6 financial year. Budgetary<br />
constraints have affected the post-provisioning at colleges, which has in turn affected the<br />
curriculum <strong>of</strong>ferings.<br />
The learnerships programme, driven from this sector is intended to address the skills<br />
development as well as create employment opportunities for our youth. There are 84<br />
unemployed youths participating in the following learnerships:<br />
Food and beverage Processing - NQF level 3<br />
Wholesale and retail specialization - levels 3 and 4<br />
Wholesale and retail general - levels 2 and 4<br />
Animal husbandry - level 1<br />
The <strong>Department</strong>’s partnership with the German Agency for Technical Operation (GTZ) has<br />
facilitated the secondment <strong>of</strong> a provincial learnerships coordinator for this sector.<br />
13.2.4 Opening Access to Learning Opportunities<br />
A meaningful foundation is being <strong>of</strong>fered to our children with the introduction <strong>of</strong> Grade R in<br />
some 1 300 schools impacting on 33 000 learners who previously did not have access to<br />
such an <strong>of</strong>fering. Simultaneously our ABET programme has seen skills and jobs <strong>of</strong>fered to our<br />
rural people. Lately we have taken over the school nutrition programme that ensures a daily<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 55 Page 51
meal for our poorer children. These programmes are designed to contribute to job-creation<br />
and thus poverty alleviation in our communities. This is directly in line with the Provincial<br />
Growth and Development Programme.<br />
13.2.5 Institutional Management<br />
Our capacity building efforts at all levels <strong>of</strong> the system have seen greater stability in the<br />
management <strong>of</strong> our institutions.<br />
The delivery <strong>of</strong> Learner Support Material has improved each year. The educators are<br />
currently receiving meaningful Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development Programmes that will enhance the<br />
introduction <strong>of</strong> the Revised National Curriculum. The stability at school level is strengthened<br />
by the tenacity with which our learners stay longer in the system.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
13.2.6 Challenges:<br />
13.2.6.1 Impediments to Service Delivery<br />
Despite the successes listed above, the ECDoE faces a number <strong>of</strong> vital challenges that<br />
impact on its ability to ensure quality service delivery within the context <strong>of</strong> the external<br />
environment.<br />
A fundamental challenge that faces the ECDoE is the shortage <strong>of</strong> educators and educator<br />
skills as a result <strong>of</strong> the attrition rates especially amongst the younger educators.<br />
Added to this has been insufficient budget allocation, which, inevitably, results in unending<br />
financial constraints.<br />
The age- old concern from both our employees and suppliers regarding our capacity to pay<br />
within expected turnaround time standards remains with the <strong>Department</strong>. This stem from<br />
insufficient capacity, which is currently being addressed from a number <strong>of</strong> fronts, like for<br />
example the backlogs’ project.<br />
Record keeping is a serious challenge that has been confronted headlong, with the<br />
introduction <strong>of</strong> a Registry Project.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the weaknesses lays in the management <strong>of</strong> procurement processes. This realization<br />
has pushed us to adopt a system <strong>of</strong> monthly and quarterly cycles <strong>of</strong> procurement monitoring,<br />
informed by a composite procurement plan <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
The quality that we produce in the gateway subjects <strong>of</strong> mathematics, science and technology<br />
still leaves much to be desired.<br />
A bigger challenge that the <strong>Department</strong> is facing has to do with the Presidential injunction<br />
around infrastructure. In his State <strong>of</strong> the Nation address, the President made a call for all to<br />
ensure that by the end <strong>of</strong> the 2004 financial year no learner will receive tuition under a tree,<br />
mud school, or any dangerous conditions that exposes learners and teachers to the elements.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is committed to the call. However, the <strong>Department</strong>’s current budgetary<br />
constraints will force us to seek additional funding to be able to meet the call.<br />
13.2.6.2 Challenges posed by the social and welfare needs <strong>of</strong> our communities<br />
One other critical area that we need to look into is the matter <strong>of</strong> sound relations with our social<br />
partners. We need to operate in an environment that is conducive to stability within the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> and mutual trust between our social partners and ourselves<br />
In order to meet the challenges <strong>of</strong> the welfare <strong>of</strong> our communities the ECDE embarked on the<br />
school nutrition programme that will be expanded to secondary schools and the provision <strong>of</strong><br />
scholar transport to learners from rural areas and informal settlement. The monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />
access to social grants and the provision <strong>of</strong> clothing needs to orphans and children from<br />
informal settlements will become a priority. The issue <strong>of</strong> burial cost for orphans and the<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 56 52
partnerships with other organizations for after-school care-centers for rural and informal<br />
settlement areas will become one <strong>of</strong> the many challenges that face the <strong>Department</strong>. The<br />
question on having a “one-stop” information and service centre for social and health service<br />
will enable people to gain access to all services provided by the different sectors <strong>of</strong><br />
government and other organizations<br />
13.2.6.3 Challenges posed by the Impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS<br />
The actual impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS on the education system is not certain. A full impact study<br />
needs to be undertaken. There are a number <strong>of</strong> areas that this epidemic will impact upon.<br />
Some <strong>of</strong> them are; one; the aging <strong>of</strong> the workforce due to younger people being affected by<br />
HIV and AIDS; two, high infant mortality level may have implications in reviewing projections<br />
<strong>of</strong> learner enrolment and other planning strategies; three, how does the ECDoE face the issue<br />
<strong>of</strong> child-headed households and the increasing number orphans and four; high level <strong>of</strong><br />
absenteeism amongst the workforce as well as the learners.<br />
The ECDoE will need to look at new recruitment measures ensuring adequate supply <strong>of</strong><br />
educators and will need to review the training programme for educators. It will also need to<br />
review its plans for number projections for learners, the participation in poverty alleviation<br />
programmes and consider suitable succession planning strategies and learner outreach<br />
programmes.<br />
13.2.6.4 Challenges posed by the Environment<br />
It would be an advantage to have schools clustered around other community facilities. The<br />
close proximity <strong>of</strong> local government facilities promotes the cross utilization <strong>of</strong> resources which<br />
may culminate in the maximum utilization <strong>of</strong> community resources. The use <strong>of</strong> community<br />
facilities in this way will eliminate duplication <strong>of</strong> facilities, for instance a school may not need<br />
its own hall if it is situated close enough to a community hall, whilst a police station may<br />
conveniently deal with safety issues for the school thus improving school security.<br />
It is important that before any development takes place proper planning happens at local<br />
government level to avoid the negative impact that may come as a result <strong>of</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> facilities<br />
like schools, health facilities and any other infrastructure. The lack <strong>of</strong> proper facilities and<br />
infrastructure puts a strain on education activities since the availability <strong>of</strong> these facilities is<br />
critical for the school communities.<br />
The availability <strong>of</strong> running water is critical for all schools since learners and educators spend a<br />
greater part <strong>of</strong> their day at school, sharing common amenities. The use <strong>of</strong> water however,<br />
needs to be managed from both the health point <strong>of</strong> view as well as the fact that water is a<br />
scarce commodity and therefore the school communities need to use it responsibly.<br />
Included in the curriculum are the effects <strong>of</strong> all forms <strong>of</strong> pollution on the environment. It is also<br />
vital that learners are protected from pollution to ensure that their state <strong>of</strong> well-being is always<br />
healthy. All hazardous materials should be kept away from schools.<br />
13.3 Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />
In terms <strong>of</strong> land area, the Eastern Cape is the second largest province, covering an area <strong>of</strong><br />
approximately 170 000 square kilometres or 14% <strong>of</strong> the land area <strong>of</strong> South Africa. In terms <strong>of</strong><br />
population, in 2001 the Eastern Cape had the third largest provincial population, after<br />
KwaZulu-Natal and Gauteng.<br />
13.3.1 Total Population and Population Density<br />
According to the 2001 Population Census, <strong>of</strong> the 44.8 million people living in South Africa,<br />
14% or some 6.4 million lived in the Eastern Cape. This represents a significant decrease in<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 57 Page 53
the relative share <strong>of</strong> the South African population accounted for by the Eastern Cape in 1996,<br />
which was 15.5%. Migration impacts on the development <strong>of</strong> curriculum and the increased<br />
demand for services and the delivery there<strong>of</strong>. A system is required to manage rapid<br />
urbanisation.<br />
Table 26 shows the relative provincial populations according to the 1996 and 2001 Censuses.<br />
The province that has most increased its share <strong>of</strong> the total South African population is<br />
Gauteng, which went from 18.1% in 1996 to 19.7% in 2001. The decline in the Eastern<br />
Cape’s share is the most significant <strong>of</strong> all provinces. There are several possible reasons for<br />
this including outward migration in search in better economic opportunities, decreased fertility<br />
(although there is no apparent reason why the Eastern Cape specifically should have<br />
declining fertility) and perhaps a different methodology in the 2001 Census that led to reduced<br />
counts. Overall, the population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape grew by just 134 000 from 1996 to 2001,<br />
an increase <strong>of</strong> 2.1%.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Table 9: Total Population by Province, 1996 and 2001 Census<br />
Province Population 1996<br />
% share <strong>of</strong><br />
National<br />
Population<br />
1996<br />
Population 2001<br />
% share <strong>of</strong><br />
National<br />
Population<br />
2001<br />
Change in<br />
National<br />
share 1996 -<br />
2000<br />
Eastern Cape 6 302 524 15.5% 6 436 764 14.4% -1.2%<br />
Free State 2 633 503 6.5% 2 7<strong>06</strong> 774 6.0% -0.4%<br />
Gauteng 7 348 425 18.1% 8 837 174 19.7% 1.6%<br />
KwaZulu-Natal 8 417 020 20.7% 9 426 015 21.0% 0.3%<br />
Limpopo 4 929 365 12.1% 5 273 639 11.8% -0.4%<br />
Mpumalanga 2 800 710 6.9% 3 122 991 7.0% 0.1%<br />
Northern Cape 840 323 2.1% 822 729 1.8% -0.2%<br />
North West 3 354 824 8.3% 3 669 353 8.2% -0.1%<br />
Western Cape 3 956 876 9.7% 4 524 341 10.1% 0.3%<br />
Total 40 583 570 100% 44 819 780 100%<br />
Since a national population census was conducted by Statistics South Africa in both 1996 and<br />
2001, this allows for several interesting comparisons to be made over the six-year period.<br />
Graph 1 compares provinces in terms <strong>of</strong> their population growth over this period, showing<br />
which provinces experienced the greatest increase. The fact that the Eastern Cape has<br />
experienced a relatively low rate <strong>of</strong> increase has implications for the provision <strong>of</strong> education in<br />
the province – it implies that, unlike Gauteng, the demand for education has remained relatively<br />
stable during this period and that there is unlikely to be a need to build new schools to meet<br />
new demographic demand. This does not detract from an ongoing need to address existing<br />
backlogs and, in some cases, to build new schools to improve access to education.<br />
A challenge for the education system is to improve access to schooling, more especially to<br />
secondary and further education and training facilities for the high number <strong>of</strong> non-urban.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 58 54
Graph 1: Provincial Population Growth 1996-2001<br />
Eastern Cape<br />
Free State<br />
Gauteng<br />
KwaZulu-Natal<br />
Limpopo<br />
Mpumalanga<br />
North West<br />
Growth % 1996 to<br />
2001<br />
Northern Cape<br />
Western Cape<br />
-10.0% -5.0% 0.0% 5.0% 10.0% 15.0% 20.0% 25.0%<br />
There are certain difficulties associated with making comparisons between the 1996 and 2001<br />
Censuses. Prior to the release <strong>of</strong> the 2001 Census data for the Eastern Cape for example,<br />
Statistics South Africa estimated the provincial population at 6.978 million, which is<br />
considerably higher than the 2001 Census figure <strong>of</strong> 6.43 million. The Bureau <strong>of</strong> Market<br />
Research released a similar estimate <strong>of</strong> the population <strong>of</strong> the province in 2001, placing it at<br />
6.976, and stated that the original Census figure for 1996 was an undercount. Both <strong>of</strong> these<br />
estimates differ markedly from the actual 2001 Census figure released for the province which<br />
was 6.4 million - in the region <strong>of</strong> ½ million less people than previously estimated. The<br />
calculation <strong>of</strong> sub-provincial population growth estimates is thus problematic – which<br />
estimates does one use? For the purposes <strong>of</strong> this report a direct comparison will be made<br />
between the two sets <strong>of</strong> Census data and not the interim population estimates described<br />
above. This means that one is comparing two actual population censuses, notwithstanding<br />
the disputes concerning whether the figures were accurate or not.<br />
In order to derive the 1996 Census population figures for the new (post 2001) <strong>Education</strong><br />
Districts, a two-stage process was followed. Firstly, new <strong>Education</strong> District boundaries were<br />
overlain on the 18 276 Enumerator Area boundaries that existed in the 1996 Census. A code<br />
was then assigned to each enumerator area to identify the <strong>Education</strong> District that it fell within.<br />
This was then used as the basis for creating population figures for <strong>Education</strong> Districts from<br />
the 1996 Census.<br />
The 2001 figures were derived by assigning codes to the Municipalities, Wards and place<br />
names described in Table 27 that fell within each <strong>Education</strong> District.<br />
The estimated distribution <strong>of</strong> total population by education district for the period 1996 and<br />
2001 is shown in the table below<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 59 Page 55
Table 10: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population by <strong>Education</strong> Districts as indicated by the 1996 & 2001<br />
Census<br />
District 1996 2001 % Growth 1996 - 2001<br />
Bizana 235 520 245 419 4.2%<br />
Butterworth 288 660 287 770 -0.3%<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 207 432 194 245 -6.4%<br />
Cradock 92 972 92 916 -0.1%<br />
East London 540 188 562 111 4.1%<br />
Ngcobo 199 218 202 422 1.6%<br />
Fort Beaufort 167 871 153 478 -8.6%<br />
Graaff-Reinet 109 711 109 146 -0.5%<br />
Grahamstown 123 637 130 021 5.2%<br />
Dutywa 243 744 253 379 4.0%<br />
King William's Town 413 410 407 532 -1.4%<br />
Lady Frere 125 243 115 935 -7.4%<br />
Libode 407 298 427 397 4.9%<br />
Lusikisiki 369 517 391 766 6.0%<br />
Maluti 164 751 147 104 -10.7%<br />
Mt Fletcher 134 635 137 581 2.2%<br />
Mt Frere 214 0<strong>06</strong> 228 999 7.0%<br />
Port Elizabeth 769 639 799 821 3.9%<br />
Queenstown 198 169 204 784 3.3%<br />
Qumbu 194 392 196 674 1.2%<br />
Sterkspruit 191 999 203 775 6.1%<br />
Uitenhage 336 <strong>06</strong>2 355 024 5.6%<br />
Mthatha 394 626 415 227 5.2%<br />
Umzimkulu 162 155 174 339 7.5%<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Table 10 shows that the district with the highest population in 2001 was Port Elizabeth with<br />
799 821, followed by East London with 562 111 and Libode with 427 397. A total <strong>of</strong> nine<br />
districts had a population <strong>of</strong> more than 250 000 in 2001. The smallest district in the Eastern<br />
Cape in terms <strong>of</strong> population is Cradock, with 92 916. Other small districts, with less than 150<br />
000 people, are Graaff-Reinet, Lady Frere, Grahamstown, Mt Fletcher and Maluti.<br />
Although Port Elizabeth and East London districts include the two largest urban centres, they<br />
still only account for 21% <strong>of</strong> the population in the province. There are sizable populations<br />
elsewhere, such as Mthatha, Libode and Lusikisiki, all <strong>of</strong> which lie in the north-eastern part <strong>of</strong><br />
the province.<br />
Table 10 also shows population growth that occurred between the two censuses by district for<br />
the period 1996 to 2001. This is an important indicator <strong>of</strong> future demand for schooling and<br />
points to the need for new school construction and, in cases <strong>of</strong> population decline, for<br />
rationalization. The education district with the highest rate <strong>of</strong> population growth during the<br />
period was Umzimkulu, which experienced a growth rate <strong>of</strong> 7.5% (from 162 155 in 1996 to<br />
174 339 in 2001). Other high growth districts for this period were Mt Frere, Sterkspruit,<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 60<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 56
Lusikisiki and Uitenhage. A total <strong>of</strong> sixteen districts experienced a positive population growth<br />
from 1996 to 2001 and eight a population decline. The most severe population decrease was<br />
in Maluti district, where the population decreased by 10% during the period.<br />
It is important to note that many <strong>of</strong> the identified high-growth districts are located in more<br />
peripheral parts <strong>of</strong> the province, which traditionally have been under-served in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
education. Many are facing severe physical infrastructure backlogs and this presents<br />
additional challenges for the <strong>Department</strong> if a legacy <strong>of</strong> poor provision is coincident with rising<br />
demand for education due to population growth. Settlement patterns in these areas can <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
be characterized as dense rural subsistence and peri-urban and population is less likely to be<br />
clustered around formal towns, which presents special challenges for education delivery.<br />
The ongoing challenge in these areas is to improve access to schooling, more especially to<br />
secondary and further education and training facilities for the high number <strong>of</strong> non-urban<br />
dwellers.<br />
It should be noted that Port Elizabeth, East London and Mthatha all experienced population<br />
growth <strong>of</strong> 4% or more, so demand for education in the main urban centres is likely to remain<br />
buoyant.<br />
Graph 2 below compares districts graphically, showing the share <strong>of</strong> total provincial population<br />
for the 2001 Census that was accounted for by each district.<br />
Port Elizabeth and East London districts account for the highest shares, followed by Libode<br />
and King William’s Town.<br />
Graph 2: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Provincial Population by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001<br />
Bizana<br />
Butterworth<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />
Cradock<br />
East London<br />
Ngcobo<br />
Fort Beaufort<br />
Graaff-Reinet<br />
Grahamstown<br />
Dutywa<br />
King William's<br />
Lady Frere<br />
Libode<br />
Lusikisiki<br />
Maluti<br />
Mt Fletcher<br />
Mt Frere<br />
Port Elizabeth<br />
Queenstown<br />
Qumbu<br />
Sterkspruit<br />
Uitenhage<br />
Mthata<br />
Umzimkulu<br />
0.0% 2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0% 12.0% 14.0%<br />
% Share <strong>of</strong> Provincial Population, 2001<br />
Map 2 illustrates the population density distribution in the province, based on the 2001 Census.<br />
The map shows average densities by <strong>Education</strong> District and by Ward in order to give a more<br />
refined picture <strong>of</strong> within-district variations.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 61 Page 57
The map shows that the highest average population densities are to be found in the districts <strong>of</strong><br />
Port Elizabeth (302 per sq km) and East London (156 per sq km) followed by Mthatha and<br />
Libode. The districts <strong>of</strong> Libode, Bizana and Lusikisiki, which are located in the former Transkei,<br />
all have population densities in excess <strong>of</strong> 100 people per square kilometer. This is particularly<br />
high given that there are no large established urban centres in these districts and is indicative<br />
<strong>of</strong> the dense rural and peri-urban settlement referred to earlier.<br />
Graaff-Reinet has the lowest population density at just 3 people per square kilometer, followed<br />
by Cradock with 5 and Sterkspruit with 10.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
The ward-based population density map reveals that population densities vary considerably<br />
within districts. Large parts <strong>of</strong> Port Elizabeth District for example are fairly sparsely populated,<br />
notably the eastern portion that includes part <strong>of</strong> Sundays River Valley Municipality. Equally,<br />
East London and Mthatha Districts are not uniformly settled. In the case <strong>of</strong> East London<br />
District, Mdantsane and the city <strong>of</strong> East London account for the most densely settled areas. In<br />
Mthatha district, the highest densities are closely associated with the capital city. Many <strong>of</strong> the<br />
north eastern districts are settled at densities which consistently exceed 100 people per square<br />
kilometer.<br />
13.3.2 Population <strong>of</strong> School-going Age (7 – 18 years)<br />
The Eastern Cape has one <strong>of</strong> the most ‘youthful’ populations <strong>of</strong> all the provinces. Nearly half<br />
<strong>of</strong> its population (47%) are below the age <strong>of</strong> 19 (see Graph 3 below). Only Limpopo province<br />
has a higher proportion <strong>of</strong> young people with 50% below age 19. By way <strong>of</strong> comparison this<br />
figure is only 30% in Gauteng. This means that the tax base in the Eastern Cape and<br />
Limpopo provinces will be far lower by comparison, and that each employed person is likely to<br />
have many more dependents. It also means that the demand for education will remain high –<br />
in the case <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape, 15% <strong>of</strong> the population had yet to enter school in 2001.<br />
Graph 3: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Population by Age Group in the Eastern Cape - 2001 Census<br />
65+<br />
6%<br />
0 to 6<br />
15%<br />
19 to 64<br />
47%<br />
7 to 18<br />
32%<br />
The South African Schools Act acknowledges the constitutional rights <strong>of</strong> children to basic<br />
education. The Act requires the compulsory attendance at school <strong>of</strong> learners from the age <strong>of</strong><br />
7 years to the age <strong>of</strong> 15 years or reaching the ninth grade. Each Provincial Member <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Executive council has to ensure that there are enough places in schools for the learners who<br />
meet these criteria.<br />
Demographic studies typically view 7-18 year olds as the school-going population. Of the total<br />
population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape in the 2001 Census, 32%, or 2 057 691, are found within this<br />
age group. Graph 3 shows the distribution <strong>of</strong> the 7–18 year old age group. Graph 2 indicates<br />
the geographical distribution <strong>of</strong> the school going population. The district with the highest<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 62<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 58
number <strong>of</strong> 7–18 year olds is Port Elizabeth with 185 302, followed by Libode with 159 824 and<br />
Mthatha, with 144 364. The districts with the least number are Cradock, with 27 475 and<br />
Graaff-Reinet with 29 227.<br />
Note that even though East London has the second highest total population in the Eastern<br />
Cape, it only has the fourth highest number <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds (behind Port Elizabeth, Libode<br />
and Mthatha), which indicates that its population structure is different (i.e. older). There are<br />
proportionally more people <strong>of</strong> working age (19-64) in this district (59% compared to just 39%<br />
in Libode).<br />
An alternative way <strong>of</strong> looking at the school-going population is in terms <strong>of</strong> what proportion <strong>of</strong><br />
the total district population they represent (see Table 10). Districts with relatively high<br />
proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds indicate growing demand for education and future pressure on<br />
existing school facilities. They also indicate areas with high numbers <strong>of</strong> dependents.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 63Page 59
Map 1: Population Density Distribution in the Province based on the 2001 Census data<br />
Legend<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Districts<br />
Socio-economic deprivation, 2001<br />
0.052 - 0.175 (least poor)<br />
0.175 - 0.436<br />
0.436 - 0.728<br />
0.728 - 0.862<br />
0.862 - 0.972 (most poor)<br />
Sterkspruit<br />
Mt Fletcher<br />
Maluti<br />
Mt Frere<br />
Qumbu<br />
Lusikisiki<br />
Umzimkulu<br />
Bizana<br />
Lady Frere<br />
Engcobo<br />
Libode<br />
Umtata<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />
Cradock<br />
Queenstown<br />
Idutywa<br />
Butterworth<br />
N<br />
Graaff-Reinet<br />
Fort Beaufort<br />
King Williams<br />
Town<br />
East London<br />
Grahamstown<br />
Gauteng<br />
Limpopo Province<br />
Mpumalanga<br />
Uitenhage<br />
Port Elizabeth<br />
North West<br />
Free State<br />
KwaZ ulu-<br />
Natal<br />
Northern Cape<br />
20 0 20 40 Kilometers<br />
Data Source: 2001 Census, Statistics South Africa<br />
(Functional Literacy, Per Capita Income and % Households<br />
with Electricity)<br />
Western Cape<br />
Eastern<br />
Cape<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 60<br />
#<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 64
The districts with the highest proportion <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds are C<strong>of</strong>imvaba, Bizana and Lady<br />
Frere, all with in excess in 38%. Typically, higher proportions are found in rural areas, which<br />
may be a function <strong>of</strong> rural-urban migration <strong>of</strong> the working age population in search <strong>of</strong><br />
employment. Note that the districts with established urban centres such as East London, Port<br />
Elizabeth and Uitenhage all have much lower proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds, being lower than<br />
25%.<br />
This point is illustrated by the graph 4 below, which shows the comparative age structure in<br />
two very different districts demographically, Port Elizabeth and C<strong>of</strong>imvaba. They are at<br />
opposite ends <strong>of</strong> the district spectrum in terms <strong>of</strong> the relative age distribution <strong>of</strong> their<br />
populations.<br />
Graph 4: Comparative Population Distribution by Age Band in Two Selected Districts<br />
70%<br />
60%<br />
Percentage <strong>of</strong> total<br />
50%<br />
40%<br />
30%<br />
0 to 6 %<br />
7 to 18 %<br />
19 to 64 %<br />
65+ %<br />
20%<br />
10%<br />
0%<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />
Port Elizabeth<br />
Table 11: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population per age group by <strong>Education</strong> District indicated by 1996 & 2001<br />
Census<br />
District Total Population aged 7-18, 1996 Total Population aged 7-18, 2001<br />
% <strong>of</strong> Total<br />
population<br />
aged 7-18,<br />
2001<br />
Bizana 83 468 92 999 38%<br />
Butterworth 101 192 104 111 36%<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 77 959 74 838 39%<br />
Cradock 27 714 27 475 30%<br />
East London 134 018 139 771 25%<br />
Ngcobo 71 951 75 672 37%<br />
Fort Beaufort 50 690 45 181 29%<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 65Page 61
District Total Population aged 7-18, 1996 Total Population aged 7-18, 2001<br />
% <strong>of</strong> Total<br />
population<br />
aged 7-18,<br />
2001<br />
Graaff-Reinet 31 605 29 227 27%<br />
Grahamstown 31 070 32 351 25%<br />
Dutywa 86 421 94 026 37%<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
King Williams Town 127 742 122 661 30%<br />
Lady Frere 47 505 43 719 38%<br />
Libode 140 424 159 824 37%<br />
Lusikisiki 125 537 143 811 37%<br />
Maluti 58 580 53 203 36%<br />
Mt Fletcher 49 486 51 021 37%<br />
Mt Frere 76 287 84 640 37%<br />
Port Elizabeth 175 990 185 302 23%<br />
Queenstown 60 379 63 <strong>06</strong>4 31%<br />
Qumbu 69 <strong>06</strong>6 73 625 37%<br />
Sterkspruit 65 868 66 917 33%<br />
Uitenhage 81 990 84 979 24%<br />
Mthatha 129 593 144 364 35%<br />
Umzimkulu 56 003 64 910 37%<br />
Total 1 960 538 2 057 691 32%<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 66<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 62
Map 2: Map Average 2: Average Population Population Density Density Distribution Distribution per <strong>Education</strong> per <strong>Education</strong> District District<br />
Umzimkulu<br />
Maluti<br />
Mt Frere<br />
Mt Fletcher Mt Fletcher<br />
#<br />
Legend Legend<br />
Umzimkulu<br />
Maluti<br />
Mt Frere<br />
Bizana<br />
Bizana<br />
Lusikisiki<br />
Lusikisiki<br />
Qumbu<br />
Sterkspruit Sterkspruit<br />
Qumbu<br />
<strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Districts Districts<br />
Population Population aged 7 to aged 18 (2001 7 to 18 Census) (2001 Census)<br />
27475 - 27475 50 000 - 50 000<br />
50 000 50 - 70 000 000 - 70 000<br />
70 000 70 - 90 000 000 - 90 000<br />
90 000 90 - 110 000 000 - 110 000<br />
110 000 110 - 195 000 000 - 195 000<br />
Engcobo<br />
Engcobo<br />
Libode<br />
Libode<br />
Lady Frere<br />
Lady Frere<br />
Umtata<br />
Umtata<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />
Cradock<br />
Cradock<br />
N<br />
#<br />
N<br />
Queenstown Queenstown<br />
Idutywa<br />
Idutywa<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 67<br />
Butterworth Butterworth<br />
King Williams King Williams<br />
Town Town<br />
East London East London<br />
Fort Beaufort Fort Beaufort<br />
Graaff-Reinet Graaff-Reinet<br />
Limpopo Province Limpopo Province<br />
Gauteng<br />
Gauteng<br />
Grahamstown Grahamstown<br />
Mpumalanga<br />
Mpumalanga<br />
North West<br />
North West<br />
Port Elizabeth Port Elizabeth<br />
Uitenhage<br />
Uitenhage<br />
KwaZ ulu-<br />
Natal<br />
Free KwaZ State ulu-<br />
Natal<br />
Free State<br />
Northern Cape<br />
Northern Cape<br />
Eastern<br />
Cape<br />
Eastern<br />
Cape<br />
Western Cape<br />
Western Cape<br />
20 0 20 40 0 20 Kilometers 40 Kilometers<br />
Data Sources: Data Sources: 2001 Census, 2001 Census, Statistics Statistics South Africa South Africa<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009-10. 21 F (3) 21 F (3) Page 63 Page 63
When comparing the school-age population (Graph 5:7-18 age group) with the actual<br />
learner enrolment recorded in the Annual Survey, a pattern emerges for the period 1995<br />
to 2001 that was reversed in 2002. School enrolment for the seven-year period 1995 to<br />
2001 was consistently higher than the equivalent school-aged population. This normally<br />
indicates that a proportion <strong>of</strong> the learner enrolment is either over-aged or under-aged<br />
and probably both. In 2002 however, the reported enrolment in the Annual Survey was<br />
slightly below the total population aged 7 to 18. This will be investigated further in the<br />
section dealing with indicators.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Graph 5: School Age Population Aged 7-10 <strong>Year</strong>s compared with reported Learner Enrolment for<br />
the Period 1995-2002<br />
2500000<br />
2000000<br />
1500000<br />
1000000<br />
500000<br />
0<br />
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002<br />
School Age Population<br />
Learner Enrolment<br />
13.4 Socio-economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities<br />
Since communities play a vital part in supporting the provision <strong>of</strong> education, it is<br />
important to review the socio-economic environment in which those communities exist.<br />
In order to undertake a comparison, a socio-economic deprivation index has been<br />
calculated for education districts by combining various social and economic criteria from<br />
the 2001 Census.<br />
The following criteria were used to create the index:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Functional Literacy - percentage <strong>of</strong> the adult population that has attained at least<br />
Grade 6 schooling, divided by the total number <strong>of</strong> adults (age 20 and above) See<br />
Map 4 on page 80.<br />
Per Capita Income - total annual income divided by the total population<br />
Percentage <strong>of</strong> households with electricity (supplied by Eskom or a local municipality)<br />
Each criterion was ranked from worst to best, given equal weight and combined into a<br />
single standardized index ranging from 1 (most poor) to 0 (least poor). It is important to<br />
note that the score measures relative rather than absolute disadvantage within the<br />
Eastern Cape, and compares the performance <strong>of</strong> districts to one another and not to a<br />
defined national benchmark.<br />
<strong>Education</strong> districts with the highest score, or those identified to be the most<br />
disadvantaged in terms <strong>of</strong> the criteria used, are typically characterized by:<br />
High unemployment<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 68<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 64
Large numbers <strong>of</strong> dependents<br />
Low levels <strong>of</strong> literacy<br />
Small proportions <strong>of</strong> the population with tertiary education<br />
Low levels <strong>of</strong> basic household services such as electricity and piped water<br />
Using this index the most disadvantaged district (see Graph 6) in the Eastern Cape was<br />
Lusikisiki with a score <strong>of</strong> 0.972, followed closely by Dutywa with 0.970 and Bizana with<br />
0.908. Other districts with high relative deprivation index scores were Mt Fletcher,<br />
Libode and Maluti, all <strong>of</strong> which have high proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds in relation to their<br />
total populations, and hence many dependents. Poorer districts such as these should be<br />
targeted for greater development assistance and school support.<br />
At the other end <strong>of</strong> the spectrum are the districts <strong>of</strong> Port Elizabeth, Uitenhage, East<br />
London and Grahamstown, which, in comparative terms have much lower deprivation<br />
index scores and could be considered better <strong>of</strong>f. It should however be noted that the<br />
Eastern Cape as a whole is one <strong>of</strong> the poorest provinces in South Africa.<br />
The main winners and losers are shown in Table 29 and 30. The tables show that<br />
Umzimkulu District has improved its overall ranking the most, followed by Libode and<br />
Cradock. In relative provincial terms, these districts improved socio-economically during<br />
the period 1996 to 2001. By contrast, the districts <strong>of</strong> Queenstown and Maluti<br />
experienced a relative decline. In 1996, Queenstown was ranked 20 th in terms <strong>of</strong> district<br />
poverty but by 2001, it had worsened to 16 th position. Similarly, Maluti went from 9 th most<br />
poor to 6 th during the 5-year period. Seven districts remained in the same relative<br />
position.<br />
Graph 6: Comparative Socio-Economic Deprivation by District<br />
Comparative Soc io-Ec onomic Deprivation by District, 2001 Census<br />
Bizana<br />
Butter wor th<br />
C<strong>of</strong> imvaba<br />
Cr adock<br />
East London<br />
Ngcobo<br />
For t Beauf or t<br />
Gr aaf f -Reinet<br />
Gr ahamstown<br />
Dutywa<br />
King Williams Town<br />
Lady Fr er e<br />
Libode<br />
Lusikisiki<br />
Maluti<br />
Mt Fletcher<br />
Mt Fr er e<br />
Por t Elizabeth<br />
Queenstown<br />
Qumbu<br />
Ster kspr uit<br />
Uitenhage<br />
Mthatha<br />
Umzimkulu<br />
0.000 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000<br />
0 = Least Po o r, 1 = M o st Po o r<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 65 Page 69
Table 12: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001 - Main Winners (relatively better <strong>of</strong>f)<br />
District<br />
Poverty Index<br />
1996<br />
Relative Rank<br />
1996<br />
Poverty Index in<br />
2001<br />
Relative Rank<br />
2001<br />
Rank<br />
Improvement<br />
Umzimkulu 0.857 8 0.804 12 4<br />
Libode 0.973 2 0.886 5 3<br />
Cradock 0.497 18 0.374 20 2<br />
C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 0.876 6 0.860 7 1<br />
East London 0.270 21 0.267 22 1<br />
Ngcobo 0.874 7 0.848 8 1<br />
Fort Beaufort 0.6<strong>06</strong> 16 0.423 17 1<br />
King Williams Town 0.560 17 0.411 18 1<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Note that in the poverty index a rank <strong>of</strong> 1 was assigned to the poorest district and a rank <strong>of</strong> 24 to the least poor<br />
Table 13: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001. Main Losers (relatively worse)<br />
District<br />
Poverty Index<br />
1996<br />
Relative Rank<br />
1996<br />
Poverty Index in<br />
2001<br />
Relative Rank<br />
2001<br />
Rank<br />
Decline<br />
Queenstown 0.389 20 0.436 16 -4<br />
Maluti 0.848 9 0.862 6 -3<br />
Bizana 0.952 4 0.908 3 -1<br />
Grahamstown 0.248 22 0.290 21 -1<br />
Dutywa 0.966 3 0.970 2 -1<br />
Lady Frere 0.824 11 0.810 10 -1<br />
Mt Fletcher 0.882 5 0.898 4 -1<br />
Mt Frere 0.794 12 0.809 11 -1<br />
Qumbu 0.837 10 0.831 9 -1<br />
* An identical poverty index was created in an earlier report using the 1996 Census 1 , so it is possible to identify districts that have<br />
improved in terms <strong>of</strong> their overall provincial poverty ranking and those that have declined.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 70<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 66
Map 3: Socio-Economic Deprivation in the Eastern Cape by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001<br />
Legend<br />
<strong>Education</strong> Districts<br />
Socio-economic deprivation, 2001<br />
0.052 - 0.175 (least poor)<br />
0.175 - 0.436<br />
0.436 - 0.728<br />
0.728 - 0.862<br />
0.862 - 0.972 (most poor)<br />
Sterkspruit<br />
Mt Fletcher<br />
Maluti<br />
Mt Frere<br />
Qumbu<br />
Lusikisiki<br />
Umzimkulu<br />
Bizana<br />
Lady Frere<br />
Engcobo<br />
Libode<br />
Umtata<br />
C<strong>of</strong>im vaba<br />
Cradock<br />
Queenstown<br />
Idutywa<br />
Butterworth<br />
N<br />
Graaff-Reinet<br />
Fort Beaufort<br />
King W illiams<br />
Town<br />
East London<br />
Graham stown<br />
Gaute ng<br />
Limp opo P ro vince<br />
Mpumalang a<br />
Uitenhage<br />
Port Elizabeth<br />
No rth We st<br />
Fre e State<br />
KwaZ ulu -<br />
Natal<br />
No rthern Cape<br />
20 0 20 40 Kilometers<br />
Data Source: 2001 Census, Statistics South Africa<br />
(Functional Literacy, Per Capita Income and % Households<br />
with Electricity)<br />
Western Cape<br />
Eastern<br />
Cape<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 67<br />
#<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 71
13.4.1 Employment, Income and other Relevant Information<br />
Of the 79 432 employees in the <strong>Department</strong>, nearly 90% are classified as pr<strong>of</strong>essional,<br />
being teaching staff, followed by 5.78% elementary occupations, mainly general<br />
workers, and only just over 3% clerical. Managers make up 0.10% and the balance are<br />
technical (0.66%), sales and services (0.43%) and operators (0.07%) as detailed below.<br />
Table 14: Occupational Categories<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Types <strong>of</strong> Occupation Number Percent <strong>of</strong> total<br />
Managers 83 0.10%<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essionals 71 446 89.94%<br />
Technical 526 0.66%<br />
Clerical 2403 3.02%<br />
Sales and services 341 0.43%<br />
Operators 59 0.07%<br />
Elementary occupations 4 574 5.78%<br />
Total 79 432 100.00%<br />
Over 67% <strong>of</strong> staff in the <strong>Department</strong> earn incomes between R6 000 and R11 000 per<br />
month, based on an analysis <strong>of</strong> the Persal system data as shown below.<br />
Table 15: Income Distribution<br />
Income per month<br />
Percent <strong>of</strong> total<br />
None<br />
R1 – R500 0%<br />
R501 - R1000 0%<br />
R1001 - R2500 0%<br />
R2501 - R6000 18.91%<br />
R6001 -R11000 67.57%<br />
> R11001 13.52%<br />
Unspecified 0%<br />
Total 100.00%<br />
13.5 Situation Analysis <strong>of</strong> the System as a Whole Institutional Landscape<br />
Table 16: Number <strong>of</strong> Institutions and Centres<br />
Numbers <strong>of</strong> institutions and centres Public Independent Total<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> ordinary schools<br />
- <strong>of</strong> which are primary schools<br />
- <strong>of</strong> which are secondary schools<br />
- <strong>of</strong> which are combined schools<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> special schools<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> technical colleges<br />
6,026 109 6,135<br />
2,593 44 2,637<br />
880 26 9<strong>06</strong><br />
2,553 39 2,592<br />
42 0 42<br />
8 0 8<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 72<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 68
Numbers <strong>of</strong> institutions and centres Public Independent Total<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> ABET centres 309 0 309<br />
Table17: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners<br />
Numbers Learners Public Independent<br />
subsidised<br />
Total<br />
In ordinary schools 2,184,103 27,126 2,211,229<br />
in grade 0/pre-primary level 104,929 2,027 1<strong>06</strong>,956<br />
in primary level (grades 1 to 7) 1,429,222 12,928 1,442,150<br />
in secondary level (grades 8 to 12) 642,622 12,079 654,701<br />
in special or other grades<br />
In special schools (February <strong>2005</strong>)<br />
7,466 14 7,480<br />
9,072 0 9,072<br />
In technical colleges (2004) - headcount 64,641 0 64,641<br />
In ABET centres (2004) - headcount 45,783 0 45,783<br />
Table 18: Number <strong>of</strong> Educators (including SGB paid)<br />
Numbers <strong>of</strong> educators<br />
Public<br />
(including SGB paid) State Pd SGB Pd<br />
Indep subs<br />
(Feb 05)<br />
Total<br />
In ordinary schools<br />
62,765 3,050 927 66,742<br />
<strong>of</strong> which primary schools 18,445 919 111 19,475<br />
<strong>of</strong> which secondary schools 13,850 644 172 14,666<br />
<strong>of</strong> which combined schools 30,470 813 644 31,927<br />
In special schools<br />
842 27 0 869<br />
In technical colleges (2000) 845 0 0 845<br />
In ABET centres (2004) 911 0 0 911<br />
* Source: EMIS December <strong>2005</strong><br />
13.6 Demographic Pressures and Access issues<br />
Table 19: Enrolment and Population Statistics<br />
Programme Enrolment % <strong>of</strong> population<br />
Aged 6-14 Total Of age 6-14 Of total<br />
2. Public ordinary school education<br />
85.42% <strong>of</strong><br />
2.1 Public primary phase<br />
Learners<br />
Total Grades 1 to 7 1271901 1374884<br />
6 = - 14 are at<br />
2.2 Public secondary phase<br />
school<br />
Total Grades 8 to 12 101942 591301<br />
3. Independent school subsidies<br />
4. Public special school education 1324 8087<br />
Total for all schools 1,375,167 1,974,272<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 69<br />
Page 73
13.7 <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> People in the Province<br />
Table 20: Educator Post Declaration (<strong>2005</strong>)<br />
Programmes/Purpose <strong>of</strong> posts Posts PL1 Posts PL2 Posts PL3 Posts PL4 Total<br />
Posts top-sliced before model is run 100 0 0 0 100<br />
Posts distributed by model 48,992 8,199 5,552 750 63,493<br />
2. Public ordinary school education 47,599 8,095 5,487 745 61,926<br />
2.1 Public primary schools 14,028 2,684 1,484 186 18,382<br />
Posts attached to schools 14,028 2,684 1,484 186 18,382<br />
Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />
2.2 Public combined schools 23,392 3,746 2,902 308 30,348<br />
Posts attached to schools 23,392 3,746 2,902 308 30,348<br />
Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />
2.3 Public secondary phase 10,179 1,665 1,101 251 13,196<br />
Posts attached to schools 10,179 1,665 1,101 251 13,196<br />
Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />
3 Public special school education 668 104 65 5 842<br />
4 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 725 0 0 0 725<br />
TOTAL 49,092 8,199 5,552 750 63,593<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Table 21: Number <strong>of</strong> Employees <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />
Programme Educators<br />
Public<br />
servants<br />
Other public<br />
employees<br />
Total<br />
employees<br />
1. Administration 3,823 3,823<br />
2. Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />
2.1 Public Primary School 18,382 1,145 19,527<br />
2.2 Public Secondary School 43,544 2,042 45,586<br />
2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />
2.4 Human Resource Development<br />
2.6 Conditional Grants (on contract) - 3 31 34<br />
3. Independent School Subsidies 795 - - 795<br />
3.1 Primary Phase 591 - - 591<br />
3.2 Secondary Phase 204 - - 204<br />
4. Public Special Schools<br />
4.1 Schools 842 585 345 1,772<br />
4.3 Human Resource Development<br />
5. Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
5.1 Public Institutions<br />
5.4 Human Resource Development<br />
6. Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 4,158 - 15 4,173<br />
6.1 Public Centres<br />
6.4 Human Resource Development 10 10<br />
7. Early Childhood Development<br />
7.1 Grade R in Public Schools 858 858<br />
7.2 Grade R in Community Centres NA<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 74<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 70
Programme Educators<br />
Public<br />
servants<br />
Other public<br />
employees<br />
Total<br />
employees<br />
7.5 Human Resource Development<br />
8. Auxiliary and Associated Services<br />
8.2 Conditional Grants<br />
8.4 External examinations 91 91<br />
Total for all programmes 69,374 7,699 391 77,464<br />
Footnotes<br />
Figures include all individuals employed at some point during the financial year being reported on. Each<br />
individual is only counted once, even if he or she is employed in more than one position during the<br />
year.<br />
13.8 Transfers to Institutions<br />
Table 22: Resourcing effected via the School Funding Norms <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />
Programmes/ legal status/ poverty<br />
quintiles<br />
Schools<br />
Total<br />
expenditure<br />
Learners<br />
Expenditure<br />
per learner<br />
2. Public ordinary schooling education<br />
2.1 Public primary schools<br />
Non-Section 21 schools 2,090 59,094,580 463,522 127<br />
Quintile 1 (poorest) 299 15,432,303 63,410 243<br />
Quintile 2 372 12,718,828 67,760 188<br />
Quintile 3 500 11,288,339 77,784 145<br />
Quintile 4 699 12,496,517 123,245 101<br />
Quintile 5 (least poor) 220 7,158,594 131,323 55<br />
Section 21 schools 495 16,826,429 183,483 92<br />
Quintile 1 (poorest) 42 2,454,573 9,915 248<br />
Quintile 2 58 2,593,957 13,643 190<br />
Quintile 3 58 1,843,489 13,037 141<br />
Quintile 4 174 5,968,705 62,675 95<br />
Quintile 5 (least poor) 163 3,965,705 84,213 47<br />
TOTAL 2,585 75,921,009 647,005 117<br />
2.2 Public combined schools<br />
Non-Section 21 schools 1,624 148,405,073 644,361 230<br />
Quintile 1 (poorest) 508 68,143,709 223,730 305<br />
Quintile 2 467 43,887,898 184,853 237<br />
Quintile 3 440 26,836,995 149,632 179<br />
Quintile 4 166 7,654,627 58,896 130<br />
Quintile 5 (least poor) 43 1,881,844 27,250 69<br />
Section 21 schools 929 96,904,428<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 71<br />
Page 75
13.9. Programme 2 - Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />
13.9.1 Demographic pressures and access issues<br />
The following information refers to public ordinary, independent and special schools. It is<br />
nevertheless recommended that it appear in this section, considering that public ordinary<br />
schools form the bulk <strong>of</strong> the total.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
13.9.2 Learner Enrolment<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> learners in Public Ordinary Schools (POS) has decreased from<br />
2,357,220 in 1995 to 2,145,083 in 2004 - a decrease <strong>of</strong> 9.8% (see graph 8)<br />
A comparison <strong>of</strong> the age-grade enrolment data for the three years shows that in 2001,<br />
10 644 less learners enrolled in Grade 1 than in 2000. There was an even larger<br />
decrease in Grade 2, where 15 815 less learners were recorded. These two grades,<br />
together with Grade 12 showed the greatest decline in enrolment between 2000 and<br />
2001. Several grades indicated an increase, namely Grade 4, 6 and 8. Some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Grade 1 losses were reversed during the period 2001 to 2002 (gain <strong>of</strong> 1 953 learners)<br />
but there was a big decrease in reported Grade 3 enrolment <strong>of</strong> –17 614 learners and<br />
Grade 8 <strong>of</strong> –12 989. It is not clear at this stage why there should be seemingly random<br />
gains and losses across grades from one year to the next. On the whole though, it is<br />
encouraging to note the relative stabilization <strong>of</strong> enrolment trends compared to previous<br />
years. One somewhat controversial view is that AIDS is having a debilitating effect on<br />
the school system, both in terms <strong>of</strong> higher drop-out rates due to increased numbers <strong>of</strong><br />
orphans and higher learner mortality.<br />
There is currently no systematic means in place for determining the effect <strong>of</strong> the AIDS<br />
pandemic on the school system. It may also be possible that population is decreasing<br />
due to natural factors such as improved family planning and rural-urban migration.<br />
Graph 7: Learner Enrolment in Public ordinary Schools (1995-2001)<br />
Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
Public School Enrolment and Projections 1995 - 2007<br />
4 April <strong>2005</strong><br />
Millions<br />
2.5<br />
2.4<br />
2.3<br />
Enrolment<br />
2.2<br />
2.1<br />
Enrolment Excl Gr R<br />
Enrolment Incl Gr R<br />
2.0<br />
1.9<br />
1.8<br />
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong> 20<strong>06</strong> 2007<br />
Enrolment Excl Gr R 2,316,998 2,382,576 2,313,605 2,331,001 2,308,532 2,126,676 2,030,689 2,<strong>06</strong>5,750 2,<strong>06</strong>8,904 2,<strong>06</strong>2,052 2,072,703 2,<strong>06</strong>8,748 2,<strong>06</strong>8,595<br />
Enrolment Incl Gr R 2,357,220 2,422,551 2,353,962 2,371,215 2,347,782 2,168,196 2,071,689 2,108,110 2,108,712 2,145,083 2,176,659 2,153,597 2,158,813<br />
<strong>Year</strong>s<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 76<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 72
Graph 8: Learner Enrolment in Public Ordinary Schools by Grade (1995, 2004 and <strong>2005</strong>)<br />
Learner Enrolment by Grade 1995,2004 & <strong>2005</strong><br />
Thousands<br />
500<br />
450<br />
400<br />
350<br />
300<br />
Enrolment<br />
250<br />
200<br />
1995<br />
2004<br />
<strong>2005</strong><br />
150<br />
100<br />
50<br />
0<br />
Gr R G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12<br />
Grades<br />
Table 23 indicates that the department is achieving in terms <strong>of</strong> ensuring that there is<br />
access to education by learners in Eastern Cape. The gross enrolment ratio (GER) for<br />
the primary school sector and secondary school sector in 2003 was 118% and 72%<br />
respectively. The GER for primary schools exceeded 100% for all seven years from<br />
1996 to 2002. This is not surprising since it has already been established that there were<br />
large numbers <strong>of</strong> over- and under-age learners amongst the Grade 1 intake for primary<br />
schools for these years. The overall trend is downwards, which is a welcome<br />
improvement, particularly if this has been caused by lower numbers <strong>of</strong> over-age<br />
learners.<br />
Table 23: Gross Enrolment Rate: 1996-2004<br />
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2004<br />
Total<br />
Enrolment in<br />
Primary<br />
Phase -<br />
(Grades 1 - 7)<br />
Total<br />
Population<br />
aged<br />
7-13<br />
GER Primary<br />
Phase<br />
Total<br />
Enrolment in<br />
Sec. Phase<br />
(Grades 8 -<br />
12)<br />
1 743 251 1 378 783 1 611 988 1 645 443 1 510 748 1 482 474 1 451 670 1,374,884<br />
1 194 261 1 199 502 1 204 766 1 210 053 1 215 363 1 220 697 1 226 054 1,257,721<br />
146% 115% 134% 136% 124% 121% 118% 109%<br />
629 140 521 691 635 672 653 903 611 882 610 780 610 344 591,301<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 73<br />
Page 77
Total<br />
Population<br />
aged 14-18<br />
GER<br />
Secondary<br />
Phase<br />
Total<br />
Enrolment<br />
(Grades 1 to<br />
12)<br />
Total<br />
Population<br />
aged<br />
17-18<br />
GER Primary<br />
and Sec.<br />
Phases<br />
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2004<br />
771 899 784 485 797 276 810 276 823 488 836 915 850 561 892,697<br />
82% 67% 80% 81% 74% 73% 72% 66%<br />
2 4<strong>06</strong> 712 1 927 313 2 274 559 2 323 882 2 146 052 2 093 254 2 <strong>06</strong>2 014 1,966,185<br />
1 966 160 1 984 119 2 002 243 2 020 532 2 038 987 2 057 612 2 076 407 2,150,417<br />
122% 97% 114% 115% 105% 102% 99% 91%<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
What is also evident from the age-grade matrices is that the problem <strong>of</strong> over- and underage<br />
learners continues throughout the primary school grades, and is compounded by<br />
high repetition rates. In 2002, for example, nearly 20% <strong>of</strong> all learners in primary schools<br />
were either less than age seven or over age 13.<br />
The drop in the primary school GER for 2001 and 2002 to 121% and 118% is a positive<br />
development and indicates a higher percentage <strong>of</strong> appropriately aged pupils in primary<br />
schools. This was driven by a decline in primary phase enrolment between 2000, 2001<br />
and 2002 against only slight population increases for 7-13 year olds during the same<br />
period.<br />
Although there are more children in Grades 1 to 7 than there are 7-13 year olds in the<br />
population (due to over/under age -enrolment), this situation is reversed for secondary<br />
schools. The GER for secondary schools was in the low eighties at 82%, 80% and 81%<br />
for 1996, 1998 and 1999, before dropping and stabilising at 74%, 73% and 72% in 2000,<br />
2001 and 2002.<br />
A GER <strong>of</strong> less than 100% is generally indicative <strong>of</strong> under-enrolment unless large<br />
numbers <strong>of</strong> learners were able to complete the secondary school phase before they<br />
reach age 18, which is unlikely to be a factor in the Eastern Cape.<br />
The GER measures the capacity <strong>of</strong> schools to accommodate the population <strong>of</strong> the<br />
relevant school-going age. It is defined as the proportion <strong>of</strong> learners in a particular grade<br />
or phase, divided by the population <strong>of</strong> the corresponding school-going age and then<br />
expressed as a percentage. The GER includes over-aged and under-aged learners.<br />
13.9.3 Repetition Rate:<br />
The Repetition Rate measures the extent to which learners repeat grades and is<br />
calculated by dividing the number <strong>of</strong> learners who are repeating a specific grade by the<br />
enrolment for that grade in the previous year. High repetition rates give rise to a number<br />
<strong>of</strong> problems, most notable <strong>of</strong> which is increased class sizes. A repetition rate <strong>of</strong> 20% for<br />
a class <strong>of</strong> 48 learners means for example that there are 8 extra learners in the class who<br />
are repeating the grade. Once learners repeat grades more than once, the problem <strong>of</strong><br />
over-aged learners compounds difficulties.<br />
Table 24 shows that the repetition rates for grade 1 to 12 are 12% in 2001, 12,3% in<br />
2002, and 9% in 2003. The repetition rates per grade for the years 2001 to 2003 show a<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 78<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 74
decreasing trend. For all the years shown, the minimum repetition rate is to be found<br />
around grade 7 peaking in grades 10 and 11.<br />
The average repetition rate for all grades was 11% in both 1999 and 2000 and rose to<br />
12% in 2001 and 2002. The average rate has however started to decline in 2003 and is<br />
currently standing at 9%. In the Primary phase in 2002 Grades 1 and 4 had the highest<br />
repetition rates at 10%. In the secondary phase repetition rates were considerably higher<br />
and tended to peak in the higher grades, particularly Grades 10 and 11. In 2002, one<br />
fifth <strong>of</strong> learners in Grades 10 and 11 repeated these grades. By Grade 12 the figure had<br />
dropped slightly to 16%.<br />
Table 24: Repetition Rate by Grade<br />
1998* 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 #<br />
G1 13% 10% 9% 10% 10% 7% N/A<br />
G2 12% 10% 8% 9% 9% 6% N/A<br />
G3 12% 10% 10% 10% 9% 6% N/A<br />
G4 13% 11% 11% 12% 10% 7% N/A<br />
G5 12% 10% 9% 10% 9% 6% N/A<br />
G6 10% 9% 8% 8% 7% 5% N/A<br />
G7 10% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% N/A<br />
G8 16% 13% 13% 14% 8% 8% N/A<br />
G9 15% 12% 12% 13% 12% 7% N/A<br />
G10 23% 16% 18% 20% 20% 20% N/A<br />
G11 23% 17% 18% 22% 22% 19% N/A<br />
G12 27% 19% 18% 16% 16% 11% N/A<br />
Average 14% 11% 11% 12% 12% 9% N/A<br />
*Repetition Rates for 1998 are overestimated due to incomplete enrolment data for 1997. Repetition Rates for 2004<br />
is not yet available. <strong>2005</strong> Data still needs to be captured to calculate 2004.<br />
Table 25 and Graph 9 shows the drop-out rate per grade from 1999 to 2003. The<br />
number <strong>of</strong> dropouts in the schooling system in the Eastern Cape has steadily increased<br />
from 7% in 1999 to a high <strong>of</strong> 15% in 2000. From 2001 to 2003 it would seam that the<br />
dropout rate has stabilized at around 11%. Dropouts in the province have the tendency<br />
to peak in the early grades and then again in grades 10-12. This tendency is matched<br />
by the higher repetition rates shown earlier.<br />
Table 25: Drop-out Rate by Grade<br />
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* Average<br />
G1 15% 20% 25.19% 26.02% 23% N/A 22%<br />
G2 5% 13% 5.32% 6.44% 5% N/A 7%<br />
G3 4% 12% 6.87% 5.92% 4% N/A 7%<br />
G4 4% 12% 6.29% 8.85% 7% N/A 8%<br />
G5 4% 12% 7.48% 7.28% 7% N/A 8%<br />
G6 5% 12% 8.80% 8.13% 7% N/A 8%<br />
G7 1% 10% 8.87% 8.5% 7% N/A 7%<br />
G8 7% 15% 6.24% 14.97% 12% N/A 11%<br />
G9 5% 17% 17.92% 12.80% 2% N/A 11%<br />
G10 15% 23% 18.62% 17.76% 22% N/A 19%<br />
G11 15% 21% 13.02% 10.28% 23% N/A 16%<br />
Average 7% 15% 11% 12% 11% N/A 11%<br />
* 2004 drop out rate is not available. Data will be released after the capturing <strong>of</strong> the <strong>2005</strong> Annual Survey has been<br />
completed.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 75<br />
Page 79
13.9.4 Over-aged Learners<br />
Several <strong>of</strong> the indicators discussed earlier have mentioned the issue <strong>of</strong> under- and overage<br />
enrolment in the Eastern Cape education system. Age-specific indicators such as<br />
the Net Intake Rate and Net Enrolment Rate have shown that a sizeable percentage <strong>of</strong><br />
enrolment is <strong>of</strong> inappropriate age. It has been shown that in three districts, the de facto<br />
starting age for primary school is age six, which is not problematic if those learners are<br />
sufficiently prepared and able to proceed through the grades without repetition. What is<br />
more problematic is the problem <strong>of</strong> over-age learners, who in some cases are two to<br />
three years older than their classmates.<br />
The temporary application <strong>of</strong> the age-grade admission policy prevented learners who<br />
were younger than seven from entering Grade 1 but the high rates <strong>of</strong> repetition in later<br />
grades continue to result in large numbers <strong>of</strong> over-aged learners.<br />
The percentage <strong>of</strong> over-aged learners reflected in figure 3a show a decreasing trend <strong>of</strong><br />
over-aged learners in the public ordinary schools <strong>of</strong> Eastern Cape. The percentage is a<br />
very crude calculation that looks at an environment where repeaters are not catered for.<br />
The percentages were calculated using the average age in a grade as being 7 years old<br />
in grade 1 (8-year olds and more regarded as over-aged in this analysis), 8 years old in<br />
Grade 2 (9-year olds and more are regarded as over-aged in this analysis), to 18 years<br />
old in Grade 12. This gives an indication that 41% <strong>of</strong> primary school learners and 56 %<br />
<strong>of</strong> secondary school learners are over-aged. There is a visible decrease in the number <strong>of</strong><br />
over-aged learners in both the primary and secondary phases over the period 2000 to<br />
2004.<br />
This crude calculation does give an indication that the number <strong>of</strong> over-age learners is<br />
deceasing but the rate or over-age learners was still higher in the former DET schools.<br />
There were a higher number <strong>of</strong> over-age learners in grade 10 and grade 11 than those<br />
in grade 12. It is in these grades that there are increases <strong>of</strong> over-age learners in the<br />
other former departments and the new schools. The notion <strong>of</strong> holding learners back and<br />
not promoting them into grade 12 becomes much more evident through these statistics.<br />
The average age <strong>of</strong> grade 12 learners has improved over the last few years. The<br />
percentage <strong>of</strong> learners who were 18 and younger is just over 55% in 2004 as illustrated<br />
in Graphs 10 and Graph 11.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Graph 9: Drop-out Rate : Eastern Cape 2000-2003<br />
Dropout Rate: Eastern Cape 2000-2003<br />
120%<br />
100%<br />
80%<br />
60%<br />
40%<br />
20%<br />
0%<br />
Gr<br />
1<br />
Gr<br />
2<br />
Gr<br />
3<br />
Gr<br />
4<br />
Gr<br />
5<br />
2003 26% 6% 5% 7% 8% 7% 7% 10% 12% 16% 23%<br />
2002 25% 6% 7% 7% 7% 9% 8% 7% 15% 21% 24%<br />
2001 26% 6% 6% 9% 7% 8% -1% 15% 13% 18% 22%<br />
2000 20% 13% 12% 12% 12% 12% 1% 15% 17% 23% 21%<br />
1999 15% 5% 4% 4% 4% 5% 1% 7% 5% 15% 15%<br />
Gr<br />
6<br />
Grade<br />
Gr<br />
7<br />
Gr<br />
8<br />
Gr<br />
9<br />
Gr<br />
10<br />
Gr<br />
11<br />
2003<br />
2002<br />
2001<br />
2000<br />
1999<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 80<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 76
Graph 10: Percentage Over-Aged Learners in Public Primary and Secondary Schools<br />
Percentage <strong>of</strong> Over Aged learners in Public Schools<br />
70.00%<br />
60.00%<br />
50.00%<br />
40.00%<br />
30.00%<br />
Primary<br />
Secondary<br />
20.00%<br />
10.00%<br />
0.00%<br />
2001 2002 2003 2004<br />
Primary 47.57% 46.05% 43.46% 41.82%<br />
Secondary 58% 58% 57% 56%<br />
Graph 11: Percentage Learners in Grade 12 who are 18 <strong>Year</strong>s Old or Younger<br />
Percentage <strong>of</strong> Grade 12 Learners that are Over-Age<br />
61%<br />
60%<br />
59%<br />
58%<br />
57%<br />
56%<br />
55%<br />
54%<br />
53%<br />
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004<br />
13.9.5 Learner Educator Ratio<br />
The Learner-Educator Ratio (LER) for the entire public education system for Eastern<br />
Cape has for the last five years shown a downward trend. This system ratio includes all<br />
the state-paid educators from all the institutions and <strong>of</strong>fices. The institutional ratio that is<br />
at 34,6:1 shows a similar trend to the system ratio. The institution ratio is the ratio <strong>of</strong> all<br />
learners in the public institutions (ordinary, LSEN, ABET and FET institutions) divided by<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> state-paid educators.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 77<br />
Page 81
Table 26 mirrors provincial aggregate values for Learner-Educator Ratios according to<br />
combined, primary and secondary schools. It is clear that all the LER are below one<br />
educator for 40 learners, sustaining the compliance with the South African Schools Act,<br />
which stipulates 40:1 for primary and 35:1 for secondary schools. Because these are<br />
provincial aggregates it does not mean that there are no individual institutions for which<br />
the LER is above 40.<br />
As Table 26 indicates the Learner Educator Ratio (LER) for 2004 was 33.99 considering<br />
state-paid educators in public schools. Comparing the LER with those <strong>of</strong> 2003, viz.<br />
32.42% and 33.99%, it is observed that for the state-paid educator situation there is a<br />
marginal improvement whilst for all educators (both state- and privately paid) the<br />
situation worsened.<br />
Many <strong>of</strong> these schools are primary schools and more than 83% are from the former DET<br />
schools. This is an unusual phenomenon as the Post Provisioning Model is based on the<br />
equal distribution <strong>of</strong> educator posts, thus all schools should have an LER lower than<br />
40:1. This may be due to incorrect reporting from schools in the survey forms, or as a<br />
result <strong>of</strong> ambiguity in questions in the survey form. The main contributing factor is that as<br />
a result <strong>of</strong> the survey being conducted on the 10 th school day, many schools<br />
experienced an influx <strong>of</strong> learners that was not anticipated in the previous year, resulting<br />
in higher numbers <strong>of</strong> learners.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Table 26: Learner : Educator Ratio by Level<br />
Level 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
Combined<br />
36.90<br />
39.22 38.39 37.69 34.09 34.58 36.18<br />
School<br />
Primary<br />
School<br />
34.98 35.16 33.22 31.41 32.22 33.83 32.70<br />
Secondary<br />
School<br />
30.<strong>06</strong> 30.86 30.88 27.96 28.19 29.62 31.40<br />
Public<br />
Ordinary<br />
35.76 35.66 34.78 31.88 32.42 33.99 34.45<br />
Tables 27 and 28, illustrate the LER <strong>of</strong> public ordinary schools by its former department<br />
and by quintiles, i.e. its placement on the resource targeting list for school funding that<br />
uses a poverty index to rank schools. Table 46 shows that LERs for four ex-<strong>Department</strong>s<br />
and it range from 35.99 to 27.24 (excluding SGB paid educators) in 2004. The LER for<br />
ECDE’s new schools reflects continuing improvement from 1999 for both inclusion and<br />
exclusion <strong>of</strong> SGB paid educators. For the whole province LER have improved and<br />
stabilized in the last 5 years as the table shows. The slight increase in the LER in 2004<br />
can be contributed to the current moratorium on the appointment <strong>of</strong> any new staff in the<br />
system. Although the ECDE has the biggest percentage <strong>of</strong> poor people in the country, it<br />
had the best LER after the implementation <strong>of</strong> the 2004 Post Provisioning. The freezing<br />
<strong>of</strong> any appointments meant that due to natural attrition <strong>of</strong> educators, the LER would<br />
slightly increase as educators leave the system.<br />
Table 27: Learner - Educator Ratio by ex-<strong>Department</strong> (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />
Ex-Dept 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
Ciskei 29.41 29.17 26.88 27.51 26.31 27.24 29.78<br />
Transkei 38.29 38.14 36.63 35.04 33.71 35.67 38.04<br />
HOR 28.62 34.02 30.17 33.13 33.79 33.21 36.49<br />
CED 28.04 33.75 30.78 32.99 33.38 33.33 37.78<br />
New 43.24 38.90 34.03 33.16 34.18 35.99 38.43<br />
Total 33.52 34.79 31.698 32.36 32.27 33.08 36.67<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 82<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 78
As Table 28 shows, the poorest schools show a marked improvement <strong>of</strong> the LER, from<br />
38.69 in 1999 to 36.84 in 2004. Schools in quintile 4, start to show the LER<br />
improvement when SGB paid educators are included.<br />
Table 28: Learner - Educator Ratio by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />
2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
1 38.69 37.41 34.51 36.84 40.95<br />
2 35.82 35.01 33.23 34.25 38.42<br />
3 32.96 31.58 32.17 32.69 34.47<br />
4 31.09 31.15 30.39 31.20 33.38<br />
5 32.40 33.30 32.00 33.14 37.42<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 79<br />
Page 83
Map 4: Learner : Educator Ration per District 2004<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
13.9.6 Average Classroom Size<br />
The average classroom size has reached 40.23:1 in <strong>2005</strong>.<br />
As indicated in Table 29 the average classroom size has gradually decreased from 2000<br />
to 2004 for combined schools from a high <strong>of</strong> 48.21 in 2000 to 45.86 in 2004. The LCR for<br />
secondary schools have shown a gradual decrease from 37.33 in 2000 to 35.70 in 2004.<br />
For public primary schools the classroom size has increased slightly from 33.91 to 33.15<br />
in 2004. For all public schools the classroom size decreased from 40.69 in 2000 to 39.15<br />
in 2004. The LCR was at its lowest in 2001 at 38.86. The marginal increase in LCR for<br />
Ordinary schools can be attributed to the increasing number <strong>of</strong> grade R learners that are<br />
being attached to primary schools. In 2004 alone the number has increased by around<br />
8%. As more schools are attaching grade R classes to their schools, the rate should<br />
gradually increase over the next few years.<br />
The LCR in the poorest schools have not changed dramatically since 2001. In 2004 it is<br />
still at the same level as in 2001, although it has shown signs <strong>of</strong> decrease in the 2002 –<br />
2003 period. In quintile 5, the least poor quintile, the LCR has increased from 27.76 to<br />
31.56.<br />
There may be instances where principals may not teach the required number <strong>of</strong> hours<br />
and thus reducing the number <strong>of</strong> class units. Principals are counted in the post<br />
distribution to schools. When they do not <strong>of</strong>fer time in class, the burden is re-distributed<br />
to the rest <strong>of</strong> the educator core resulting in an overload <strong>of</strong> teaching contact time for<br />
educators. This may then account for the higher classroom size. The number <strong>of</strong><br />
classrooms not in use but available, has not been included in this ratio, in order to<br />
highlight the actual average number <strong>of</strong> learners in a classroom.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 84<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 80
Table 29: Average Classroom Size<br />
Level 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
Combined 48.21 46.28 46.54 46.11 45.86 48.01<br />
Primary 33.91 32.02 32.32 33.<strong>06</strong> 33.15 33.19<br />
Secondary 37.33 35.85 36.00 35.10 35.70 37.62<br />
Total Public Ordinary<br />
40.69 38.86 39.11 39.09 39.15<br />
40.23<br />
Table 30: Average Classroom Size by ex-<strong>Department</strong><br />
Ex-Dept 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
CISKEI 35.04 32.14 29.95 28.82 28.26 28.05 27.69<br />
DET 36.35 34.63 32.66 32.84 32.99 33.15 33.20<br />
CED 27.56 28.34 27.64 28.58 28.99 29.36 29.71<br />
HOR 33.75 33.11 31.70 33.46 33.04 33.43 33.90<br />
NEW EDUC DEPT 38.96 37.68 36.86 38.37 41.35 42.89 44.77<br />
TRANSKEI 51.43 47.60 45.71 45.80 46.02 47.03 47.87<br />
Total 43.50 40.66 38.83 38.98 39.15 39.77 40.23<br />
Table 31: Average Classroom Size by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />
Quintiles 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
1 56.28 53.74 53.48 56.49 63.91<br />
2 43.57 44.93 45.<strong>06</strong> 43.22 47.58<br />
3 36.71 37.20 37.56 39.25 36.57<br />
4 27.15 33.33 33.30 35.12 33.09<br />
5 27.76 32.10 32.14 31.56 33.88<br />
What is becoming very evident as depicted in Tables 27 and 30 is that the schools from<br />
advantaged areas (ex-CED and from the lowest quintile) have a much lower LER and<br />
average classroom sizes than schools from former homelands such as the Transkei.<br />
The post provisioning model may ensure equality in the distribution <strong>of</strong> educator posts but<br />
it does not ensure equity. The more advantaged schools have more resources at their<br />
disposal and are able to employ more educators as a result <strong>of</strong> the higher school fees<br />
they charge parents.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 81<br />
Page 85
Map 5: Learner: Classroom Ratios per District 2004<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
13.9.7 Educator Gender Equity<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> female educators stayed fairly constant from 1999 to 2003 at levels <strong>of</strong><br />
73%. The situation is still that whilst (for example 2003) female educators constitute 70,<br />
1% <strong>of</strong> all educators, their representivity in the higher ranks <strong>of</strong> school management is<br />
poor. Only 46.79% are school deputy principals, and 49.36% are principals. Need it be<br />
said that from 1999 to 2003 the number <strong>of</strong> female principals did decrease from 53% in<br />
1999 to 49.36% in 2003. The biggest decline was at the level <strong>of</strong> HOD which showed a<br />
decline <strong>of</strong> 3.51%.<br />
Table 32: Percentage <strong>of</strong> Educators (state-paid educators only) by Gender employed at Different<br />
Post Levels<br />
2000 2001 2002 2003<br />
Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female<br />
Principal 48.7% 51.3% 50.76% 49.24% 50.99% 49.01% 50.64% 49.36%<br />
Deputy Principal 53.07% 46.93% 52.07% 47.93% 52.13% 47.87% 53.21% 46.79%<br />
Head <strong>of</strong> Dept 28.41% 71.59% 30.42% 69.58% 31.94% 68.<strong>06</strong>% 31.51% 68.49%<br />
Post Level 1 Educator<br />
26.85% 73.15% 26.17% 73.83% 26.17% 73.83% 27.13% 72.87%<br />
13.9.8 Educator attrition in the Eastern Cape<br />
When comparing the number <strong>of</strong> permanent educators in the provincial system in March<br />
2003 and March 2004 it was found that the attrition rate amounted to 9,5%. Attrition<br />
among the four race groups is as shown in graph 12. What stands out is that the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> permanent educators is shrinking. However, the hiring <strong>of</strong> more temporary<br />
educators has compensated for the number <strong>of</strong> educators lost, though this was not<br />
analysed.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 86<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 82
13.9.9 Educator attrition<br />
The age cohort with the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> educator attrition was 55 – 59 years and<br />
those that were 60 years and over. There is, however, a slight peaking <strong>of</strong> attrition <strong>of</strong><br />
educators in their mid-thirties. The lowest attrition rate occurs in the ages 45 – 49 years.<br />
A total number <strong>of</strong> 1 574 permanent educators left the system in the same period.<br />
Table 33: Educators Leaving the System by Age Group<br />
Age Group Educators leaving the system<br />
60 136<br />
Table 33 shows the number <strong>of</strong> educators leaving the system per age group. Whilst the<br />
percentage <strong>of</strong> educators leaving the system is highest for the 55 – 59 age group in terms<br />
<strong>of</strong> numbers the group 35 – 39 years accounted for the highest number <strong>of</strong> educators<br />
leaving. Note that negative attrition implies the number <strong>of</strong> educators entering the system.<br />
Graph 12: Educator Attrition by Age Group<br />
% Attrition in age cohort<br />
60<br />
50<br />
40<br />
30<br />
20<br />
10<br />
0<br />
<br />
2001 2002/03<br />
Age intervals<br />
13.9.10 Senior Examination Results<br />
The provincial matric pass rate has over the last five years increased from below 60% in<br />
1998 to above 59.99% in 2003. This rate has dropped by 6.54% in 2004 to 53.45%, but<br />
increased slightly to 57% in <strong>2005</strong>. The comparison <strong>of</strong> matric performance according to<br />
race indicates that White learners have the highest pass rates. With the exception <strong>of</strong><br />
Africans, there are more female learners that pass matric in Eastern Cape than male<br />
learners across the different racial groups. African learners form the majority <strong>of</strong> matric<br />
learners and come from a low base <strong>of</strong> around 32% before 1998.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 83<br />
Page 87
The highest performing ex-<strong>Department</strong> as shown in Table 52, is the former CED with a<br />
pass rate <strong>of</strong> 97.57% in 1999 and 97,89% in 2003. The performances <strong>of</strong> all other ex-<br />
<strong>Department</strong>s are Schools from the former Ciskei homeland have increased their pass<br />
rate to 50.69% in 2003 from a low <strong>of</strong> 42.00% in 1996.<br />
Since the matriculation examination is written in English or Afrikaans, Graph 14<br />
indicates that a possible policy decision around language <strong>of</strong> learning and instruction is<br />
necessary.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Graph 13: Provincial Matric Pass Rates<br />
Grade 12 Exam Results : 1996 - 2004<br />
65<br />
60<br />
60<br />
Average Passrate<br />
55<br />
50<br />
52<br />
49<br />
48<br />
50<br />
52<br />
51<br />
Results<br />
45<br />
46<br />
42<br />
40<br />
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004<br />
<strong>Year</strong>s<br />
Table 34: Grade 12 Pass rates 20<strong>06</strong>-2004 by ex-<strong>Department</strong><br />
Ex-Dept 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003<br />
CISKEI 42.00 42.11 42.40 35.56 47.69 39.33 43.61 50.69<br />
DET 37.85 41.04 41.87 37.36 48.56 47.91 53.96 60.65<br />
CED 97.57 98.30 96.85 97.20 97.41 95.72 96.27 97.89<br />
HOR 71.31 74.79 73.73 72.32 80.48 76.76 78.83 86.78<br />
NEW EDUC DEPT 36.84 29.71 36.20 31.98 41.29 36.01 42.61 52.99<br />
TRANSKEI 52.26 43.58 41.29 34.19 41.31 34.76 42.20 50.60<br />
2004<br />
43.18<br />
56.08<br />
96.97<br />
74.11<br />
43.19<br />
44.46<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 88<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 84
Graph 14: Home Language vs Language <strong>of</strong> Institution for Eastern Cape Learners 2004<br />
Home Language vs. Language <strong>of</strong> Instruction for Eastern Cape learners: 2004<br />
2,000,000<br />
1,800,000<br />
1,600,000<br />
1,400,000<br />
1,200,000<br />
1,000,000<br />
800,000<br />
600,000<br />
400,000<br />
200,000<br />
0<br />
IsiXhosa English Afrikaans<br />
Home Language<br />
Instruction Language<br />
13.10 Programme 3- Independent Schools<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> schools, and hence learners, have increased in the last four years as<br />
indicated in Table 35 This sector has grown, and will probably continue to grow. It<br />
constituted 8% <strong>of</strong> the learners in the ordinary school sector for the last five years. It has<br />
increased from 110 795 in 1999 to 137 018 in 2004 – an increase <strong>of</strong> 24%.<br />
Table 36 indicates the number <strong>of</strong> learners by phase and subsidy level. It shows that a<br />
larger number <strong>of</strong> learners were in the primary phase than in the secondary phase and<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> has subsidised over 62% <strong>of</strong> learners in primary schools and 53% <strong>of</strong><br />
learners in secondary schools in 2003/04.<br />
Table 35: Size and Shape <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling Sector<br />
2002/03 2003/04 2004/05<br />
No % No % No %<br />
Schools 99 110 115<br />
Primary 73 73.7 87 76 87 76<br />
Secondary 62 63 62 54 62 54<br />
Total 99 115 115<br />
Learners Primary 12 709 58 13 226 64 15 186 64<br />
Secondary 9 393 43 7 565 37 8 730 37<br />
Total 22 102 20 791 23 916<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 85<br />
Page 89
Combined schools with more secondary grades or fully combined (grades 1 to 12) were<br />
classified for this purpose as secondary schools<br />
Table 36: Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling<br />
Subsidy<br />
Level<br />
Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />
Primary Schools<br />
Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />
Primary Learners<br />
Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />
Secondary Schools<br />
Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />
Secondary Learners<br />
01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04<br />
60% N/A 7 29 N/A 1165 4568 N/A 9 3315 N/A 2960 7369<br />
40% N/A 21 20 N/A 5202 5244 N/A 20 4932 N/A 8180 6437<br />
25% N/A 26 14 N/A 3618 1414 N/A 16 1211 N/A 4501 2147<br />
15% N/A 7 6 N/A 892 584 N/A 8 302 N/A 3312 1865<br />
0% N/A 38 18 N/A 1832 1047 N/A 9 469 N/A 3899 2470<br />
Total N/A 99 87 N/A 12709 12857 N/A 62 10229 N/A 22852 20822<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Learners were placed in primary or secondary phases not according to the classification<br />
<strong>of</strong> schools but according to grades <strong>of</strong> the learners. There would therefore appear to be a<br />
higher number <strong>of</strong> schools than the preceding table.<br />
The LER in independent schools was relatively low for the pass five years. Those LER <strong>of</strong><br />
the non-subsidised schools was lower to that <strong>of</strong> the subsidised schools.<br />
13.11 Programme 4 4 – - LSEN Schools<br />
The public LSEN schools are the smallest sector with 44 schools and 8,550 learners.<br />
These LSEN public schools receive their budget through programme 4. The budget in<br />
<strong>2005</strong> is R41,378 million for this sector. The budget has increased by 23% since the<br />
2002/03 financial year.<br />
Table 37: Budget Allocation to Programme 4<br />
2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />
Programme 4 (000 Rands) 159,963<br />
188,7<strong>06</strong> 243,386 231,370<br />
There were 6,750 learners in public LSEN schools in 1999, which has increased to<br />
9,072 learners in <strong>2005</strong>. The sector has grown by 34% in the last five years. See Table<br />
56 below.<br />
Table 38: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners in LSEN schools<br />
1999 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />
Learners 6,750 7,972 8,087 8,553 9,077<br />
Table 39 indicates the number and percentage <strong>of</strong> learners according to disabilities and<br />
gender. The table further indicates that there are more disabled male learners than there<br />
are females. The table includes learners with special educational needs in public<br />
schools.<br />
The highest percentage (26.5%) <strong>of</strong> disabled learners are learners who are<br />
mildly/moderately mentally handicapped (MMH). Several factors, pre-natal and postnatal,<br />
account for the high percentage <strong>of</strong> learners with mild/moderate mental handicap.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 90<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 86
Table 39: Number and Percentage <strong>of</strong> Learners by Gender and Disability (2004)<br />
Description MALE FEMALE TOTAL % OF TOTAL<br />
Attention Deficit 700 285 985 5.8%<br />
Autistic 76 24 100 0.6%<br />
Blind 186 96 282 1.7%<br />
Cerebral Palsied 299 235 534 3.1%<br />
Deaf 436 425 861 5.1%<br />
Deaf Blind Disabled 8 8 16 0.1%<br />
Epileptic 223 223 443 2.6%<br />
Extrinsically Disabled 82 36 118 0.7%<br />
Gifted 503 507 1010 6.0%<br />
Hard <strong>of</strong> Hearing 286 240 526 3.1%<br />
Mildly Mentally Handicapped 2903 1600 4503 26.5%<br />
Multi Disabled 139 96 235 1.4%<br />
Partially Sighted 314 336 649 3.8%<br />
Physically Disabled 387 283 668 3.9%<br />
Severe Behavioral Disorder 582 225 807 4.8%<br />
Severely Mentally Handicapped 1742 1214 2956 17.4%<br />
Specific Learning Disabled 1536 744 2278 13.4%<br />
10402 6577 16971<br />
Table 40 indicates the learner: educator ratios for 2004. The learner numbers in LSEN<br />
schools increased in 2004 to 8,386. Concurrently the educator numbers stayed fairly<br />
constant at 622. This resulted in a higher learner: educator ratio in 2004. Although the<br />
focus is on publicly employed employees, the interaction between publicly and privately<br />
employed employees is important, and is therefore included in the following table:<br />
Table 40: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 4 Schools<br />
Phase Learners Publicly employed<br />
educators<br />
Public<br />
L:E<br />
Privately<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Total<br />
educators<br />
Effective<br />
L:E ratios<br />
4.1 8386 622 13.48 47 669 12.5<br />
Table 41: Learner : Classroom Ratio in Special Schools and the Classroom Backlog<br />
Programme Learners Classrooms L:C Ratio Classroom Backlog<br />
4.1 Schools 8386 514 16.31:1 133<br />
Total for Special Schools 8386 514 16:31:1 133<br />
All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />
Table 42 indicates the number <strong>of</strong> specialists (excluding educators) in public and independent<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 87<br />
Page 91
LSEN schools. There are 666 specialists in public LSEN schools employed and remunerated by<br />
the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and 90 specialists in independent schools employed<br />
and remunerated privately.<br />
Table 42: Employment <strong>of</strong> Specialists<br />
SPECIALIST<br />
STATE EMPLOYED<br />
PRIVATELY EMPLOYED<br />
Male Female Total Male Female Total<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Nurses 0 48 48 0 2 2<br />
Medical Specialists 0 8 8 13 3 16<br />
Physiotherapists 3 49 52 0 0 0<br />
Occupational Therapists 0 112 112 0 10 10<br />
Psychologists: Post Level 1 0 3 3 2 8 10<br />
Psychologists: Post Level 2 1 1 2 0 8 8<br />
Psychologists: Post Level 3 5 9 14 0 0 0<br />
Social Workers 0 16 16 3 5 8<br />
Other Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Specialists 4 64 68 6 10 16<br />
Temporary Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Specialists 105 238 343 3 17 20<br />
TOTAL 118 548 666 27 63 90<br />
13.12 Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Employees<br />
See also Programme 2 in section 13.9 <strong>of</strong> this report for figures on publicly employed<br />
educators.<br />
Table 43: Learner : Educator Ratios in Programme 5 Institutions<br />
FET<br />
Learners<br />
Publicly<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Public<br />
L:E<br />
Privately<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Total<br />
educators<br />
Effective L:E<br />
ratio<br />
5.1 Public<br />
Institutions<br />
Not<br />
14,184 845 16.79<br />
applicable<br />
All figures represent the situation in school year 2004.<br />
845 16.79<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 92<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 88
13.13 Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Physical Infrastructure<br />
Table 44: Classrooms available for Programme 6<br />
Programme Learners Classrooms L:C ratio<br />
Classroom<br />
backlog<br />
6.1 Public centres 45,783 0 1:20 0<br />
Total for public centres 37 0<br />
Footnotes:<br />
All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />
Employees<br />
See also Programme 2 for data on public school ratios.<br />
Table 45: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 6 Centres<br />
Learners<br />
Publicly<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Public L:E<br />
Privately<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Total<br />
educators<br />
Effective L:E<br />
ratio<br />
Grade R 45,783 911 50.25 0 911 50.25<br />
Footnotes:<br />
All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />
13.14 Programme 7: Early Childhood Development<br />
Employees<br />
See also Programme 2 in section 13.9 <strong>of</strong> this report for data on public school ratios.<br />
Table 46: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 7<br />
Learners<br />
Publicly<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Public<br />
L:E<br />
Privately<br />
employed<br />
educators<br />
Total<br />
educators<br />
Effective L:E<br />
ratio<br />
6.1 Public centres<br />
15,450 469 32.94 264 733 21.07<br />
Footnotes:<br />
All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 89<br />
Page 93
14. EVALUATION OF CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION PERFORMANCE<br />
This is the first year that the <strong>Department</strong> has prepared a comprehensive strategic plan in line<br />
with the national guidelines. For 2003/04 the strategic plan was more focused on operational<br />
planning issues, which tended to provide too much detail, although that was required in the<br />
guideline at the time.<br />
Progress is therefore being made in the approach to strategic planning, which has also been<br />
integrated more effectively into the operational planning processes. Accordingly the whole<br />
approach to planning and the consequent compulsory quarterly and monthly reporting has<br />
become more focused. This and the creation <strong>of</strong> a Chief Directorate: <strong>Strategic</strong> Management<br />
Monitoring and Evaluation is expected to assist the <strong>Department</strong> in monitoring its performance<br />
better than in the past.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
15. ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION AND THE INSTITUTIONAL<br />
ENVIRONMENT<br />
15.1. Organizational Design<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> consists <strong>of</strong> a Head Office, which is responsible for operational policy,<br />
monitoring and evaluation, and twenty four districts that are responsible for all services to<br />
learners, educators, schools and local communities. The district boundaries are shown in map<br />
5 below.<br />
On the next page after the map, figure 1 shows the top level organogram <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />
as approved by the MEC in August 2004. This is followed by a table setting out the names <strong>of</strong><br />
the managers against their job titles.<br />
A new organogram has been designed with support from the IMET and is currently being<br />
discussed within the department. It is likely to be implemented in April 20<strong>06</strong> at the start <strong>of</strong> the<br />
new financial year. The new organogram places a strong emphasis on clear definition <strong>of</strong><br />
strategic, business and implementation responsibilities between the different levels <strong>of</strong><br />
management and on clear linkage between head <strong>of</strong>fice and district in each functional area.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 94<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5).doc Page 90
Map 6: <strong>Education</strong>al Districts<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 91<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 95
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 96<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n
15.2 Delegations and Performance Agreements<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> has implemented a Performance Management System for Senior Managers.<br />
The aim <strong>of</strong> the system is to ensure that managers are making the maximum possible<br />
contribution towards the achievement <strong>of</strong> <strong>Department</strong>al goals. Many Senior Managers have<br />
undergone training in the use <strong>of</strong> the system. Most importantly, the Performance Management<br />
System currently in place will assist the <strong>Department</strong> in coaching and motivating our<br />
employees so that they not only meet their objectives but also understand the strengths they<br />
need to emphasize to ensure that we provide quality service to the public. The performance<br />
wheel will be kept turning everyday in an informal and formal process by three aspects, viz<br />
planning, coaching and reviewing. The Performance Management System for level 1 to 12<br />
departmental employees has been implemented.<br />
The Accounting Officer signed financial, procurement and human resources delegations in<br />
the 2004/05 financial year. Powers have been delegated to DDGs as programme managers,<br />
to Chief Directors as responsibility managers level 1 and to Directors as responsibility<br />
managers level 2. Delegations have been built into performance agreements to measure the<br />
utilization <strong>of</strong> delegations. At present district managers have delegations for district operational<br />
budgets. It is planned that delegations will increase to the districts over the coming MTEF<br />
period 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09 as capacity, systems and staffing are further developed and<br />
improved. Delegations will not however go lower than deputy director and chief education<br />
specialist (CES) level.<br />
15.3 Capital Investment, Maintenance and Asset Management<br />
15.3.1 Current Capital Programme<br />
The <strong>Department</strong>’s infrastructure delivery has just come through a severe slowdown as a<br />
result <strong>of</strong> the “belt tightening” exercise in 2004/05 and <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, and now faces the challenge <strong>of</strong><br />
gearing up its infrastructure programme for 20<strong>06</strong>/07. The infrastructure budget for 20<strong>06</strong>/07 is<br />
R669m, compared to R283m in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>. This has largely been dealt with by procuring<br />
contracts for all the tenders previously put on hold during <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, to ensure a running start to<br />
the 20<strong>06</strong>/07 financial year.<br />
The current (January 20<strong>06</strong>) status <strong>of</strong> the building programme is summarized below:<br />
Total projects for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> (excl on hold projects) 295<br />
Projects under construction 102<br />
Projects still to be completed by March 20<strong>06</strong> 17<br />
Completed projects 148<br />
Projects being carried forward into 20<strong>06</strong>/07 4<br />
Projects not yet implemented 45<br />
Included in the above are 108 contracts which were also recently awarded for dealing with<br />
emergency situations at schools in the Eastern Cape, and these should all be completed by<br />
the end <strong>of</strong> the financial year.<br />
In addition the ongoing programme described above, the <strong>Department</strong> has recently<br />
commenced with the projects previously put on hold. These comprise 116 schools, <strong>of</strong> which<br />
94 have already been put to tender and <strong>of</strong> these 57 had contracts awarded as at mid January<br />
20<strong>06</strong>.<br />
15.3.2 Closure and Downgrading <strong>of</strong> Facilities<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is in the process <strong>of</strong> formulating a policy on the rationalization and reorganization<br />
<strong>of</strong> small schools, as reported elsewhere herein. As this will entail enlarging<br />
certain schools, provision <strong>of</strong> hostels and transportation <strong>of</strong> learners, it will have substantial<br />
implications for the infrastructure programme. Whilst this process is under way, care will be<br />
taken to avoid providing facilities where they may later become redundant.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 97<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 93
The obvious group <strong>of</strong> small schools where re-organization is to take place is that <strong>of</strong> farm<br />
schools. Here a number <strong>of</strong> schools that have become unviable have already been<br />
amalgamated or closed down.<br />
15.3.3 Maintenance and Refurbishment<br />
Major maintenance and refurbishment are also undertaken at all schools where additional<br />
accommodation is being provided under the capital works programme, while minor<br />
maintenance is carried out by the school itself (Section 21 schools) or by the District Office on<br />
behalf <strong>of</strong> the school (Section 20 schools) – note that funds for minor maintenance are not<br />
channeled through the infrastructure budget.<br />
However, the condition <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s buildings is such that significant repair<br />
and renovation is required, as is evident from the table below:<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Table 47: 1: Condition <strong>of</strong> Capital Stock (April <strong>2005</strong>)<br />
Condition Number %<br />
Very Weak (mud) 939 12.5<br />
Weak 3,148 41.9<br />
In Need <strong>of</strong> Repair 2,207 29.4<br />
Good Condition 963 12.8<br />
New Building 52 0.7<br />
Being Upgraded 201 2.7<br />
No Response 0 0<br />
TOTAL 7,510 100<br />
Note that the table above includes all ECDoE facilities and not just schools.<br />
All schools have been categorized according to well defined needs in the <strong>Education</strong> Facilities<br />
Management System (EFMS). It is the <strong>Department</strong>’s endeavour to introduce a cyclic<br />
maintenance programme as part <strong>of</strong> its increasing focus on life cycle planning / costing. This<br />
will, however, require significantly more funding than is currently the case. Maintenance<br />
currently accounts for approximately 15% <strong>of</strong> the budget, and this will need to be increased<br />
substantially. Unfortunately the extent <strong>of</strong> the backlogs places a greater demand on the budget<br />
at present.<br />
15.3.4 Asset Management <strong>Plan</strong><br />
The <strong>Department</strong>’s Physical Resource <strong>Plan</strong>ning section has prepared a 10-year asset<br />
management plan (known as the Infrastructure <strong>Plan</strong>) for the period <strong>2005</strong>-2014. This sets out<br />
the current infrastructure situation, proposed levels <strong>of</strong> service, principles for provision <strong>of</strong><br />
facilities, and plans for intervention. The policies and strategies contained in this <strong>Strategic</strong><br />
<strong>Plan</strong> are in turn reflected in the Infrastructure <strong>Plan</strong> where these affect physical infrastructure<br />
in any way.<br />
The Infrastructure <strong>Plan</strong>, <strong>of</strong> which the first edition was only produced in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, is in the<br />
process <strong>of</strong> progressive sophistication. Initially it was in effect only an annual project list, but<br />
now endeavours to cover the entire infrastructure life cycle. This implies a much stronger<br />
focus on post construction aspects such as operational costs, maintenance, rehabilitation and<br />
ultimately disposal. The establishment <strong>of</strong> the EFMS was the first step in this process. Other<br />
current activities include<br />
<br />
<br />
the introduction and implementation <strong>of</strong> best practices in infrastructure planning and<br />
delivery (through the Infrastructure Delivery Improvement Programme (IDIP), and<br />
broadening the base <strong>of</strong> Implementing Agents employed for infrastructure delivery and<br />
strengthening <strong>of</strong> the performance agreements with these agents.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> now has formal Service Level Agreements with the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Public<br />
Works, the Independent Development Trust, the Amatola Water board, and Eskom. It is also<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 98<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 94
in the process <strong>of</strong> negotiating an agreement with the Coega Development Corporation. This<br />
will improve the <strong>Department</strong>’s risk management in the event <strong>of</strong> under-performance by an<br />
Implementing agent<br />
15.4 Personnel<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> manages the second largest education department in the<br />
country in terms <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> employees. Expenditure on personnel, especially<br />
educators, will always be the greatest single expenditure <strong>of</strong> the department. The department<br />
has had a major challenge in both controlling personnel expenditure and in achieving<br />
balanced staffing numbers between educators and non educators.<br />
At the same time significant progress has been made in the last few years. Expenditure on<br />
personnel as a proportion <strong>of</strong> total expenditure fell from a peak <strong>of</strong> 96, 3% in 1999/00 to 86, 7%<br />
in 2002/03 1 . It is expected that the <strong>Department</strong> will meet the national target <strong>of</strong> 80% <strong>of</strong><br />
expenditure on personnel during the coming MTEF period. The ratio <strong>of</strong> educator to noneducator<br />
personnel fell from a high <strong>of</strong> 89, 2% in 1999 to 87, 2% in <strong>2005</strong>. It is likewise<br />
expected that the <strong>Department</strong> will meet the national target <strong>of</strong> 85% during the coming MTEF<br />
period.<br />
The table below shows employment and vacancies by programme at the end <strong>of</strong> the 2004/05<br />
financial year and shows some <strong>of</strong> the main challenges in filling vacancies. Vacancies are<br />
highest in the areas <strong>of</strong> management and administration, where more than half <strong>of</strong> all posts<br />
were vacant at the start <strong>of</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>. Since then further progress has been made both in filling<br />
senior management posts in head <strong>of</strong>fice and in filling critical posts <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Development<br />
Officers (EDOs), Subject Advisers (SAs) and Special Needs Advisers in the district <strong>of</strong>fices.<br />
There remain critical vacancies in management and administration in the district <strong>of</strong>fices.<br />
Middle management and secretarial posts were advertised in November <strong>2005</strong> with a further<br />
round <strong>of</strong> recruitment to be made in February 20<strong>06</strong>, with the goal <strong>of</strong> ensuring that at least an<br />
assistant or deputy director is in place in all corporate service functions in the districts.<br />
Table 48: 2: Employment and Vacancies by Programme (March <strong>2005</strong>)<br />
Programme<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
Posts<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
Posts Filled<br />
Vacancy Rate<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
Posts Filled<br />
Additional to<br />
the<br />
Establishment<br />
Pr1: Administration, Permanent 6 963 3 086 55.7 417<br />
Pr2: Pub ordinary school edu, Permanent 71 524 67 186 6.1 11 817<br />
Pr2: Pub ordinary school edu, Temporary 71 71 0 11<br />
Pr4: Pub spec school educ, Permanent 1 597 1 242 22.2 326<br />
Pr4: Pub spec school educ, Temporary 2 2 0 1<br />
Pr5: Further educ and training, Permanent 1 692 1 207 28.7 445<br />
Pr5: Further educ and training, Temporary 1 1 0 0<br />
Pr6: Adult basic edu and train, Permanent 60 28 53.3 4<br />
Pr8: Aux and assoc services**, Permanent 1 495 928 37.9 829<br />
Pr8: Aux and assoc services**, Temporary 1 1 0 0<br />
TOTAL 83 4<strong>06</strong> 73 752 11.6 13 850<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> has had ongoing challenges in creating an educator establishment that is<br />
both equitable and affordable. In 2003 the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> declared a post<br />
establishment for the first time since 1999. Transfer and redeployment under the 1999<br />
1 National Treasury: ‘Inter-Governmental Fiscal Reviews, 2000 to 2004’.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 99<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 95
establishment had been largely completed by 2001. In the four years that had elapsed<br />
changing demographics, especially from migration, and the closure and opening <strong>of</strong> schools<br />
had created new post requirements. A moratorium on new temporary and substitute teachers<br />
during the financial crisis had also limited flexibility to provide teachers where needed. In 2003<br />
there were close to 65 000 teachers in schools in the province. The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
declared an establishment <strong>of</strong> 67 074, some 2 000 above the numbers in post.<br />
During 2004 and the growing environment <strong>of</strong> financial crisis the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />
concluded that this establishment was unaffordable and could not be implemented. The<br />
current <strong>2005</strong> educator post establishment is 63 593. After lengthy dispute with the teacher<br />
unions this establishment was declared by the MEC for <strong>Education</strong> in the first half <strong>of</strong> <strong>2005</strong>.<br />
Redeployment and transfer is now proceeding against this establishment. The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Education</strong> has also stated its intention to produce an annual educator establishment and to<br />
issue annual post bulletins for recruitment against the posts identified as vacant.<br />
Implementation <strong>of</strong> this establishment will provide both an equitable and affordable provision <strong>of</strong><br />
educators throughout the province. Based on <strong>2005</strong> enrolment, implementation <strong>of</strong> the educator<br />
establishment will give learner; educator ratios <strong>of</strong> 33.8 in primary school, 34.7 in combined<br />
schools, and 33.0 in secondary schools. This establishment will also lead to a more balanced<br />
distribution <strong>of</strong> personnel that will allow further recruitment <strong>of</strong> managers and administrators,<br />
especially in the districts. Some <strong>of</strong> this recruitment will be by transfer <strong>of</strong> educators that are<br />
surplus to requirements.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
15.5 Information Technology SYSTEMS Systems<br />
15.5.1 Information Technology Administration Systems<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> uses the main government transversal systems, being Persal, for salary and<br />
personnel administration; the Basic Accounting System (BAS), for commitments, payments<br />
and financial reporting services; and the Logistics System (Logis), for stores management<br />
and the issuing <strong>of</strong> orders for procurement. These systems are silo systems in that they are<br />
essentially stand alone, although there are interfaces between them. The architecture <strong>of</strong><br />
these systems has not changed over the last 30 years and they are not in keeping with the<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> an efficient government department. The <strong>Department</strong> uses the systems fairly<br />
extensively, except for Logis which is only effectively being used at head <strong>of</strong>fice and in the<br />
Uitenhage district.<br />
The National Treasury is the owner <strong>of</strong> these systems and they are continuing with their<br />
Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) strategy that aims to provide integrated<br />
system to provide for transaction processing and management information in the functional<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> human resource management, supply chain management, and financial<br />
management. This strategy has been in place for at least five years and there is no definite<br />
time frame for the delivery <strong>of</strong> new systems.<br />
A critical issue is that is limiting the development <strong>of</strong> systems is the fact that section 17.3.1 <strong>of</strong><br />
the Treasury Regulations states that “Institutions may not amend existing or institute new<br />
computerised systems that will affect financial administration without the prior written approval<br />
<strong>of</strong> the National Treasury.” In implementing this provision the National Treasury is restrictive in<br />
that it rarely approves the use <strong>of</strong> new systems, due to the development <strong>of</strong> IFMS. A more<br />
flexible approach to the administration <strong>of</strong> this regulation is desperately needed to breathe new<br />
life into the ability <strong>of</strong> departments to ensure that their statutory obligations can be met.<br />
For example, the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> wishes to use the Procure-to-Pay system, which<br />
has been developed by the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Social Development, and which has received<br />
international acclaim for innovation. Yet the National Treasury continues to place obstacles in<br />
the path <strong>of</strong> other departments wishing to use the same system.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is actively involved in procuring a supply chain management system that will<br />
assist with the reporting requirements <strong>of</strong> the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 100<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 96
(PPPFA), and to provide a database <strong>of</strong> suppliers. A system for the administration <strong>of</strong> the<br />
School Nutrition Programme (SNP) is also in the process <strong>of</strong> being acquired.<br />
Of particular importance is the fact that the <strong>Department</strong> is proceeding well with the formulation<br />
<strong>of</strong> a Master Information Systems <strong>Plan</strong> (MISP). The final report will be completed during the<br />
current financial year. This plan is expected to lay the foundation for major systems<br />
development work to be undertaken to provide for the business process aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
With respect to connectivity and systems architecture, all 24 district <strong>of</strong>fices and the head<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice are now connected, but the basic service <strong>of</strong> email provision is still a challenge. This has<br />
much to do with the need for training <strong>of</strong> staff to use the service and the lack <strong>of</strong> adequate<br />
technical support services. The IT Unit has severe staff shortages and skills levels are not<br />
adequate.<br />
To address these issues, in-house training has been provided to IT representatives from<br />
districts during <strong>2005</strong>, technicians have been sent on several training courses, they have been<br />
provided with good equipment, and two contract technicians have been engaged to assist<br />
with user support. More than 20 learners have been utilised during the year as a means <strong>of</strong><br />
building longer term IT capacity and obtain support services for the <strong>Department</strong>. An active IT<br />
Forum has now been in operation for six months and is proving to be a valuable mechanism<br />
for information sharing, knowledge transfer, and skills development amongst the IT Reps and<br />
head <strong>of</strong>fice technicians.<br />
The strategic direction that is being investigated and is the subject <strong>of</strong> a pro<strong>of</strong>-<strong>of</strong>-concept test,<br />
is the use <strong>of</strong> terminal services. This involves the use <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>tware that will enable the district<br />
<strong>of</strong>fices to function from three cluster file server farms instead <strong>of</strong> the current arrangement with<br />
file servers in all districts. Use is also being made <strong>of</strong> shared file servers belonging to the<br />
Office <strong>of</strong> the Premier instead <strong>of</strong> purchase own equipment. This strategy is fully supported by<br />
the Provincial Government Information Technology Officer (PGITO) and the State Information<br />
Technology Agency (SITA). Such a strategy could free up a lot <strong>of</strong> resources that could better<br />
be used to obtain IT equipment for schools instead <strong>of</strong> each provincial department having its<br />
own equipment.<br />
15.5.2 ICT in Schools<br />
There are less than 500 schools with computers available for teaching and learning with<br />
another 500 having some computers for administration only. These figures are very low in<br />
relation to the 6,304 schools in the province and the far higher levels that some other<br />
provinces have already achieved.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong>’s e<strong>Education</strong> Business <strong>Plan</strong> was approved in March <strong>2005</strong>. It responds to the<br />
target that set out in the draft White Paper on e<strong>Education</strong> that ‘Every South African learner in<br />
the general and further education and training bands will be ICT capable by 2013’. The<br />
Business <strong>Plan</strong> projected the costs <strong>of</strong> implementing the policy by 2013, starting with a three<br />
year piloting and planning phase in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2007/8. Under the plan, first year funding<br />
required for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> was R198 million. Under current financial constraints funding has been<br />
well below these levels.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> is working with several service providers and donors to provide computer<br />
equipment to schools. At present there are about 500 schools with computers, but several<br />
large donations were being administered during <strong>2005</strong>. The South African Revenue Service<br />
donated 500 computers which will go to 161 schools and the South African Police Service<br />
donated 913 computers which will go to 348 schools. The focus <strong>of</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> the<br />
equipment is senior secondary schools. After these donations have been distributed more<br />
than 1 000 schools will have some computers.<br />
At present the <strong>Department</strong> is not able to fund the purchasing <strong>of</strong> computers for schools and<br />
therefore relies on contributions from parents, communities, business, NGOs, and foreign<br />
governments for support.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 101<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 97
15.6 Performance Management System<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> has implemented a Performance Management System for Senior Managers<br />
which has been discussed under the section 14.2: Delegations and performance agreements.<br />
15.7 Financial Management <strong>Plan</strong><br />
15.7.1 Budget and Expenditure<br />
Since 2003/04 the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> has had the challenge <strong>of</strong> bringing expenditure<br />
within budget. The <strong>Department</strong> ended 2003/04 with over-expenditure <strong>of</strong> R244 million, <strong>of</strong><br />
which R221 million was on personnel. The recruitment <strong>of</strong> between 1 500 and 2 000 teachers<br />
in 2002 and the accumulation <strong>of</strong> personnel backlogs both played a role in the <strong>Department</strong><br />
slipping back into deficit.<br />
The strategy for addressing over expenditure has been to surrender funds from the budget to<br />
provincial Treasury to pay back accumulated debt. In 2004/05 R204 million was surrendered<br />
from the budget. It is currently expected that around R550 million and R350 million will be<br />
‘top-sliced’ from the budget in this way in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> and 20<strong>06</strong>/07. It is expected that all debt will<br />
have been repaid by 2007/08 and the <strong>Department</strong> will have full access to its budget.<br />
As financial management has strengthened in the <strong>Department</strong> progress has been made. A<br />
number <strong>of</strong> achievements should be noted from the financial year 2004/05:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
For the first time in three years there was no over-expenditure in total.<br />
For the first time in five years there was no over-expenditure on personnel.<br />
For the first time in five years there was no unauthorized expenditure.<br />
The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> will maintain this improvement in performance through the<br />
ongoing strengthening <strong>of</strong> systems and staff (see below).<br />
The tables below show firstly audited expenditure 2002/03 to 2004/05 and estimated outcome<br />
<strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, and secondly the current MTEF figures 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 102<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 98
Table 49: 3: Actual and Estimated Outcomes 2002/03 to <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />
R thousand<br />
Outcome<br />
Audited Audited Audited<br />
Main<br />
appropriation<br />
Adjusted<br />
appropriation<br />
Revised<br />
estimate<br />
2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />
Programme 1: Administration<br />
Programme 2: Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />
Programme 3: Independent Schools<br />
Programme 4: Public Special Schools<br />
Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />
Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong><br />
Programme 7: Early Childhood Development<br />
Programme 8: Auxilliary and Associated Services<br />
762,484 825,926 935 673 654,950 525 643,231 713 643,231 611<br />
643,231 731 560<br />
7,868,729 8,725,982 9,330,214 9,852,111 10 9,852,111 025 227 10 9,852,111 025 174<br />
14,224 18,696 15,557 17,459 19 17,459 361<br />
17,459 19 361<br />
159,963 188,7<strong>06</strong> 185,497 231,370 231,370 370<br />
231,370<br />
370<br />
132,498 140,198 169,876 198,867 198,867 867<br />
198,867<br />
867<br />
126,471 136,292 126,047 132,097 138 132,097 488<br />
132,097 138 488<br />
24,402 27,305 36,937 38,039 39 38,039 817<br />
38,039 39 817<br />
59,997 92,187 116,793 138,146 154 138,146 447<br />
138,146 154 447<br />
Total payments and estimates<br />
9,148,768 10,155,292 155 301 10,635,871 654 446 11,251,320 11,251,320 521 188 11,251,320<br />
539 084<br />
N.B. Estimates are after suspension <strong>of</strong> funds to repay debt<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 99<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 103
Table 50: 4: Expected MTEF Figures 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09 (July <strong>2005</strong>)<br />
Medium-term estimates<br />
R thousand 20<strong>06</strong>/07 2007/08 2008/09<br />
Programme 1: Administration 881 735,285 902<br />
961 815,024 440<br />
1872,076<br />
035 491<br />
Programme 2: Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong> 11,001,582 144 848 12 11,989,289 572 667<br />
13 12,813,538 927 504<br />
Programme 3: Independent Schools 27 21,332 770<br />
44 23,597 832<br />
48 25,249 653<br />
Programme 4: Public Special Schools 334 344,546 487<br />
399 380,639 178<br />
437 407,284 648<br />
Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 267 223,618 965<br />
296 247,704 255<br />
350 265,043 366<br />
Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> 149,776 775<br />
165,625625<br />
177,219<br />
Programme 7: Early Childhood Development 69 48,941 120 72,318 218<br />
145 92,381 486<br />
Programme 8: Auxilliary and Associated Services 188 162,290 334<br />
214 185,236 100<br />
211 198,203 774<br />
Total payments and estimates 12,687,370 13 <strong>06</strong>5 022 13,879,432 14 774 315 14,850,992 16 334 141<br />
N.B. 20<strong>06</strong>/07 budget is before suspension <strong>of</strong> an anticipated R350 million to repay debt<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
Table 51: 5: Nominal Budget/Expenditure Growth<br />
<strong>Year</strong><br />
Growth<br />
2003/04 11,0%<br />
2004/05 4,7%<br />
<strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 5,8%<br />
20<strong>06</strong>/07 * 13,22% 9,7%<br />
2007/08 13,08% 12,5%<br />
2008/09 10,63% 7,0%<br />
* Budget reduced by an anticipated R350 million<br />
Growth rates show the impact <strong>of</strong> the financial crisis in 2004/05 and <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> when<br />
expenditure stagnated in real terms. It is expected that next year will see real growth in<br />
funding for the first time in three years, followed by a significant increase in 2007/08<br />
once all debt has been repaid.<br />
It is important to note that the Provincial <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> had an average real<br />
growth rate in funding from 1997/98 to 2004/05 - over seven years - <strong>of</strong> only 1, <strong>06</strong>% per<br />
year. This level <strong>of</strong> growth was expected to accommodate:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
the former Transkei and Ciskei in the provincial budget that in 1994/95 was funded at<br />
only 29% <strong>of</strong> requirements.<br />
achieving equity in the Provincial <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
contributing towards the elimination <strong>of</strong> infrastructure backlogs.<br />
increasing learner numbers as learners who previously did not attend school started<br />
doing so.<br />
providing adequate learner and teacher support materials.<br />
implementing new policy initiatives such as reception year education, curriculum<br />
<strong>2005</strong>, ABET and literacy programmes, FET, etc<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 104<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 100
15.7.2 Financial Management Systems and Capacity<br />
In keeping with the improvement in financial performance <strong>of</strong> 2004/05 there is a strong<br />
emphasis on building systems capacity and on financial management training. As<br />
additional staff are recruited to the corporate service functions in the districts, new<br />
equipment and computers will be put in place. R2 million is budgeted for computers in<br />
<strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> in poorer education districts. With support from the IMET and the Pytron project<br />
corporate service policies and systems are being strengthened in the districts, guided by<br />
head <strong>of</strong>fice policy. The Pytron project has provided crucial support in the development <strong>of</strong><br />
training material, and in drawing up correct policies and procedures for the districts.<br />
A ‘training <strong>of</strong> trainers’ approach has been adopted where senior corporate service staff<br />
are being trained to provide ongoing support. There will continue to be a roll out <strong>of</strong><br />
training in 20<strong>06</strong>/07, concentrating on poorer districts. The focus will be to ensure that all<br />
basic systems are in place in all districts, with uniform policies, procedures and systems<br />
in use. From January 20<strong>06</strong> onwards the focus will be on training district Assistant and<br />
Deputy Directors. In addition to a pack for each staff member with policies, procedures,<br />
and job descriptions, a Reporting Pack will be left with given to each manager. In this<br />
way training will be integrated into monthly reporting and monitoring <strong>of</strong> progress.<br />
To ensure the required financial management practices are carried out at all levels within<br />
the <strong>Department</strong> the following processes are in place:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
budget hearings are held three times during the financial year to verify the accuracy<br />
<strong>of</strong> budget submissions<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice budgets and spending patterns are reviewed regularly and any discrepancies<br />
are followed up with the applicable responsibility managers; and<br />
monthly financial committee meetings are held to interrogate spending and<br />
projections for the financial year.<br />
15.8 Audit Queries<br />
Auditor-General queries have been analyzed and documented into a compliance<br />
checklist format. These will be distributed through a <strong>Department</strong>al Circular and become<br />
a standard compliance certificate, which is required to be submitted monthly by all<br />
relevant directorates. Items which have been raised in the audit report qualification<br />
paragraph have been priorities in the audit reports and projects have been formed to<br />
address these matters urgently.<br />
Internal audit have also contributed in performing internal audits on several internal<br />
control weaknesses, which is in line with the annual audit plan. Recommendations<br />
raised are currently being implemented which should reflect improvement.<br />
The Audit Committee <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> has identified Auditor-General queries as one <strong>of</strong><br />
the areas that the <strong>Department</strong> needs to focus on in order to improve its financial<br />
management. The Committee reviews progress in this area at each meeting.<br />
Many <strong>of</strong> the issues raised in the Auditor-General’s report form part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s<br />
Turnaround <strong>Plan</strong>. Monthly reporting is done on the Turnaround <strong>Plan</strong>, which assists the<br />
<strong>Department</strong> in monitoring progress. Performance Management for senior managers has<br />
been re-aligned with the strategic goals and Turnaround <strong>Plan</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />
<br />
<br />
The <strong>2005</strong> Audit Action <strong>Plan</strong> is taking action in the following manner on some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
key issues raised as audit queries during the last three years’ audits:<br />
Non submission <strong>of</strong> documents: Develop and implement policy and guidelines. The<br />
Pytron project and follow on training in the districts is especially vital in this area.<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (5) 20<strong>06</strong> Page Page 105 101
Compliance on journal entries: In the same manner, clear policies and guidelines<br />
are being implemented supported by training.<br />
Procurement compliance: Again, the emphasis here is also on implementing<br />
strong policies and procedures reinforced by training.<br />
Ledger accounts and reconciliations: Old balances have been written <strong>of</strong>f and are<br />
being reconciled. Reconciliations are being reviewed on a monthly basis on a<br />
standard template.<br />
Leave records and documentation: The registry project is addressing filing<br />
backlogs, leading to leave capping as a further phase <strong>of</strong> work. Monthly monitoring<br />
mechanisms are in place to ensure that discrepancies do not arise again.<br />
Internal control weaknesses: Persal administration, asset management and loss<br />
control are priorities for improved controls. A payroll database has been<br />
implemented in all districts, and asset and loss control registers are being updated.<br />
Fruitless and wasteful expenditure is being addressed through tighter monitoring<br />
procedures coupled with regular audits to identify problem areas.<br />
Under the Audit Action <strong>Plan</strong>, functionally based forums have been established to identify<br />
weaknesses and communicate them to management. The forums also have a role in<br />
guiding training programmes. Functional teams have also been established to go into<br />
district <strong>of</strong>fices to check for compliance and take corrective action. Key areas for<br />
intervention are on personnel and HR expenditure, and the asset register.<br />
p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 1<strong>06</strong><br />
5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 102